WO2023218621A1 - Heat exchanger and refrigeration cycle apparatus - Google Patents

Heat exchanger and refrigeration cycle apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023218621A1
WO2023218621A1 PCT/JP2022/020154 JP2022020154W WO2023218621A1 WO 2023218621 A1 WO2023218621 A1 WO 2023218621A1 JP 2022020154 W JP2022020154 W JP 2022020154W WO 2023218621 A1 WO2023218621 A1 WO 2023218621A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
refrigerant
hole
flat tube
plate member
flow path
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2022/020154
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
敦 森田
剛志 前田
伸 中村
篤史 ▲高▼橋
Original Assignee
三菱電機株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 三菱電機株式会社 filed Critical 三菱電機株式会社
Priority to PCT/JP2022/020154 priority Critical patent/WO2023218621A1/en
Publication of WO2023218621A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023218621A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F28HEAT EXCHANGE IN GENERAL
    • F28DHEAT-EXCHANGE APPARATUS, NOT PROVIDED FOR IN ANOTHER SUBCLASS, IN WHICH THE HEAT-EXCHANGE MEDIA DO NOT COME INTO DIRECT CONTACT
    • F28D1/00Heat-exchange apparatus having stationary conduit assemblies for one heat-exchange medium only, the media being in contact with different sides of the conduit wall, in which the other heat-exchange medium is a large body of fluid, e.g. domestic or motor car radiators
    • F28D1/02Heat-exchange apparatus having stationary conduit assemblies for one heat-exchange medium only, the media being in contact with different sides of the conduit wall, in which the other heat-exchange medium is a large body of fluid, e.g. domestic or motor car radiators with heat-exchange conduits immersed in the body of fluid
    • F28D1/04Heat-exchange apparatus having stationary conduit assemblies for one heat-exchange medium only, the media being in contact with different sides of the conduit wall, in which the other heat-exchange medium is a large body of fluid, e.g. domestic or motor car radiators with heat-exchange conduits immersed in the body of fluid with tubular conduits
    • F28D1/053Heat-exchange apparatus having stationary conduit assemblies for one heat-exchange medium only, the media being in contact with different sides of the conduit wall, in which the other heat-exchange medium is a large body of fluid, e.g. domestic or motor car radiators with heat-exchange conduits immersed in the body of fluid with tubular conduits the conduits being straight
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F28HEAT EXCHANGE IN GENERAL
    • F28FDETAILS OF HEAT-EXCHANGE AND HEAT-TRANSFER APPARATUS, OF GENERAL APPLICATION
    • F28F1/00Tubular elements; Assemblies of tubular elements
    • F28F1/02Tubular elements of cross-section which is non-circular
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F28HEAT EXCHANGE IN GENERAL
    • F28FDETAILS OF HEAT-EXCHANGE AND HEAT-TRANSFER APPARATUS, OF GENERAL APPLICATION
    • F28F9/00Casings; Header boxes; Auxiliary supports for elements; Auxiliary members within casings
    • F28F9/26Arrangements for connecting different sections of heat-exchange elements, e.g. of radiators

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to a heat exchanger and a refrigeration cycle device equipped with flat tubes.
  • a heat exchanger that includes a pair of headers that face each other at a distance, and a plurality of flat tubes that communicate between the pair of headers and have a plurality of refrigerant passages arranged in parallel.
  • a heat exchanger equipped with a mixing part having a confluence space that communicates with all of the refrigerant passages of at least one flat tube at an intermediate position of the flat tubes (for example, see Patent Document 1) .
  • the refrigerant passages at both ends in the juxtaposed direction have a wider range of heat transfer area than the other refrigerant passages. For this reason, when the flat tube is viewed as a whole, the heat transfer coefficient becomes non-uniform, and the heat exchange efficiency decreases.
  • the flat tubes are divided into flat tubes on the upstream side of the refrigerant from the mixing section and flat tubes on the downstream side of the refrigerant from the mixing section.
  • the refrigerants that have passed through the refrigerant passages of the flat tubes on the upstream side of the refrigerant are once merged in the mixing section, and then distributed again into a plurality of refrigerants to each of the flat tubes on the downstream side of the refrigerant. It is made to pass through the refrigerant passage.
  • the heat exchanger of Patent Document 1 temporarily mixes the refrigerants that have passed through the refrigerant passages of the flat tube on the upstream side of the refrigerant in the mixing section, thereby reducing the heat transfer area due to the difference in heat transfer area shared by each refrigerant passage.
  • the aim was to eliminate uneven transmission rates.
  • the flat tubes are arranged in such a direction that a plurality of refrigerant passages are lined up in the air flow direction. Therefore, when the heat exchanger functions as an evaporator, the refrigerant flowing through the upwind refrigerant passage among the multiple refrigerant passages in the flat tube evaporates and dries out more preferentially than the refrigerant flowing through the leeward refrigerant passage. degree increases. The heat transfer coefficient of a refrigerant decreases as the degree of dryness increases.
  • the refrigerants flowing through the refrigerant passages of the flat tubes on the upstream side of the refrigerant are mixed in the mixing part, thereby eliminating uneven dryness and improving heat transfer. It is possible to eliminate uneven rates.
  • the heat exchanger of Patent Document 1 in the flat tube on the downstream side of the refrigerant from the mixing section, the evaporation of the refrigerant flowing through the refrigerant passage on the windward side becomes preferential to that on the leeward side, so that the flat tube as a whole There was room for improvement as the heat transfer coefficient of
  • the present disclosure has been made to solve the above-mentioned problems, and provides a heat exchanger and a refrigeration cycle device that can improve the heat transfer coefficient of the flat tubes and improve the heat exchange efficiency of the heat exchanger as a whole.
  • the purpose is to
  • a heat exchanger includes a flat tube having a plurality of refrigerant passages formed with through holes and extending in a first direction, and a refrigerant flowing through the plurality of refrigerant passages of the flat tube and a flat tube extending in a first direction.
  • a heat exchanger that exchanges heat with air flowing in a second direction that is orthogonal to each other and in which a plurality of refrigerant passages are arranged in parallel, the heat exchanger comprising a distributor provided in the middle of the plurality of refrigerant passages of flat tubes.
  • the distributor has a refrigerant flow path formed with a through hole, and the refrigerant flow path has a dryness of the refrigerant flowing out from an upwind region of the outlet of the refrigerant flow path and a leeward region of the exit of the refrigerant flow path.
  • the degree of dryness of the refrigerant flowing out is opposite to the degree of dryness of the refrigerant in the windward region and the leeward region when it flows in from the entrance of the refrigerant flow path.
  • a refrigeration cycle device includes the above heat exchanger.
  • the distributor provided in the middle of the plurality of refrigerant passages of the flat tube has the following refrigerant flow path.
  • the refrigerant flow path determines the dryness of the refrigerant flowing out from the upwind region of the outlet of the refrigerant flow path and the dryness of the refrigerant flowing out from the leeward region of the exit of the refrigerant flow path when it flows in from the inlet of the refrigerant flow path.
  • the dryness of the refrigerant in the upwind region and the leeward region of the refrigerant is reversed. Therefore, the heat exchanger can improve the heat transfer coefficient of the flat tube downstream of the distributor, and can improve the heat exchange efficiency of the heat exchanger as a whole.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic front view of a heat exchanger according to Embodiment 1.
  • FIG. FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional view showing the configuration of flat tubes of the heat exchanger according to the first embodiment. It is an explanatory view of heat flux of each refrigerant passage of a flat tube. It is a figure showing the relationship between dryness and heat transfer coefficient.
  • FIG. 2 is an exploded perspective view of the distributor of the heat exchanger according to the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 3 is a diagram showing a change in the dryness of the refrigerant from the inlet to the outlet of the heat exchanger according to the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic front view of a heat exchanger according to a second embodiment.
  • FIG. 2 is an exploded perspective view of a distributor of a heat exchanger according to a second embodiment.
  • FIG. 7 is a plan view of each plate-like member that constitutes the distributor of the heat exchanger according to Embodiment 2;
  • FIG. 7 is a diagram illustrating a state in which two adjacent plate members are overlapped among a plurality of plate members constituting the distributor of the heat exchanger according to the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 7 is an explanatory diagram of the flow of refrigerant in the first channel of the distributor of the heat exchanger according to the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 7 is a diagram showing a change in the dryness of the refrigerant from the inlet to the outlet of the heat exchanger according to the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 7 is a plan view of each plate-like member that constitutes a distributor of a heat exchanger according to Embodiment 3;
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic perspective view of a heat exchanger according to Embodiment 4.
  • FIG. 7 is an exploded perspective view of a distributor of a heat exchanger according to a fourth embodiment.
  • FIG. 7 is a plan view of each plate-like member that constitutes a distributor of a heat exchanger according to Embodiment 4;
  • FIG. 7 is a diagram showing a state in which two adjacent plate members are stacked on top of each other among a plurality of plate members configuring the distributor of the heat exchanger according to the fourth embodiment.
  • FIG. 7 is an explanatory diagram of the flow of refrigerant in the first channel of the distributor of the heat exchanger according to Embodiment 4;
  • FIG. 7 is a diagram showing a modification of the heat exchanger according to Embodiment 4.
  • FIG. 3 is a refrigerant circuit diagram showing a schematic configuration of a refrigeration cycle device according to a fifth embodiment.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic front view of a heat exchanger according to a first embodiment.
  • the vertical direction in FIG. 1 represents the direction of gravity.
  • the heat exchanger according to Embodiment 1 is an air heat exchanger that exchanges heat between air and refrigerant, and functions at least as an evaporator of a refrigeration cycle device.
  • the positional relationship between each component, the extending direction of each component, and the parallel direction of each component are, in principle, when the heat exchanger is installed in a usable state.
  • the heat exchanger includes a plurality of flat tubes 10 arranged at intervals and through which refrigerant flows, and a pair of headers 20 arranged at both ends of the plurality of flat tubes 10 in the extending direction. It has a plurality of fins 30 arranged at intervals in the extending direction of the plurality of flat tubes 10.
  • the heat exchanger further includes a distributor 40 arranged at the center of the plurality of flat tubes 10 in the extending direction.
  • Each of the plurality of flat tubes 10 extends in the horizontal direction.
  • the plurality of flat tubes 10 are arranged in parallel at intervals in the vertical direction.
  • the pair of headers 20 and distributor 40 extend in the vertical direction along the parallel direction of the plurality of flat tubes 10.
  • the stretching direction of the flat tube 10 will be referred to as a first direction
  • the direction perpendicular to the first direction in which refrigerant passages 15 (described later in FIG. 2) of the flat tube 10 are parallel will be referred to as a second direction
  • the direction perpendicular to the second direction and the parallel direction of the flat tubes 10 is referred to as a third direction.
  • the first direction is the left-right direction
  • the second direction is the depth direction
  • the third direction is the up-down direction.
  • the second direction is also the direction of air passage.
  • Each of the plurality of flat tubes 10 includes a flat tube 10a on the upstream side of the refrigerant (hereinafter referred to as the first flat tube 10a) and a flat tube 10b on the downstream side of the refrigerant (hereinafter referred to as the second flat tube 10b). ) and has.
  • the first flat tube 10a and the second flat tube 10b have the same shape.
  • the left ends of the plurality of first flat tubes 10a are connected to one of the pair of headers 20, and the right ends of the plurality of first flat tubes 10a are connected to the distributor 40.
  • the left ends of the plurality of second flat tubes 10b are connected to the distributor 40, and the right ends of the plurality of second flat tubes 10b are connected to the other of the pair of headers 20.
  • a refrigerant inlet 20a is provided in the lower part of one header 20, and a refrigerant outlet 20b is provided in the upper part of the other header 20.
  • the plurality of fins 30 are plate-shaped fins, and are arranged at intervals in the extending direction of the plurality of flat tubes 10.
  • a plurality of flat tubes 10 penetrate through the plurality of fins 30.
  • the fins 30 are not limited to plate-like fins, and may be corrugated fins. When the fins 30 are corrugated fins, the fins 30 are arranged between two adjacent flat tubes 10. Further, the heat exchanger may be a finless heat exchanger that does not include the fins 30.
  • refrigerant flows into one header 20 from the inlet 20a as shown by the arrow in FIG.
  • the refrigerant that has flowed into one header 20 is distributed to each of the plurality of first flat tubes 10a, flows through each first flat tube 10a from the left end to the right end, and then flows into the distributor 40. Details of the distributor 40 will be described later, but the distributor 40 has independent refrigerant flow paths 400A (see FIG. 5 described later) formed by through holes corresponding to each of the plurality of flat tubes 10. It is formed.
  • each first flat tube 10a from the left end to the right end flows into each second flat tube 10b without mixing with the refrigerant flowing through other first flat tubes 10a in the distributor 40. Inflow. After the refrigerant flows through each second flat tube 10b from the left end to the right end, the refrigerant joins at the other header 20 and flows out from the outlet 20b.
  • FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional view showing the configuration of the flat tube of the heat exchanger according to the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 2 shows a cross section of the flat tube 10 perpendicular to the stretching direction.
  • the direction of air flow is indicated by white arrows.
  • the flat tube 10 has a cross-sectional shape that is flat in one direction, such as an oval shape.
  • the flat tube 10 has a first side end 11, a second side end 12, and a pair of flat surfaces 13 and 14.
  • the first side end 11 is connected to one end of the flat surface 13 and one end of the flat surface 14.
  • the second side end 12 is connected to the other end of the flat surface 13 and the other end of the flat surface 14.
  • the first side end portion 11 is a side end portion disposed on the windward side, that is, on the leading edge side in the flow of air passing through the heat exchanger.
  • the second side end portion 12 is a side end portion disposed on the leeward side, that is, on the trailing edge side in the flow of air passing through the heat exchanger.
  • the direction perpendicular to the extending direction of the flat tube 10 and along the flat surfaces 13 and 14 may be referred to as the longer diameter direction of the flat tube 10.
  • the major diameter direction of the flat tube 10 is the left-right direction.
  • the flat tube 10 has a plurality of refrigerant passages 15 arranged between a first side end 11 and a second side end 12 along the major diameter direction. That is, the flat tube 10 is a flat porous tube having a plurality of refrigerant passages 15. Each of the plurality of refrigerant passages 15 is formed to extend parallel to the extending direction of the flat tube 10. Each of the plurality of refrigerant passages 15 is formed as a through hole extending in the extending direction within the flat tube 10.
  • the flat tube 10 is arranged in such a way that the plurality of refrigerant passages 15 are lined up in the air flow direction. Therefore, a heat flux distribution as shown in FIG. 3 below occurs in each of the plurality of refrigerant passages 15.
  • FIG. 3 is an explanatory diagram of the heat flux of each refrigerant passage of the flat tube.
  • the horizontal axis is the second direction, and the vertical axis is the heat flux [W/m 2 ].
  • the flat tube 10 is arranged with a plurality of refrigerant passages 15 aligned in the air flow direction. At this time, the heat flux of each refrigerant passage 15 is distributed due to the leading edge effect in the flat tube 10 and the temperature difference between the refrigerant and the air. As shown in FIG. 3, the heat flux of each refrigerant passage 15 has a distribution that decreases from the windward side toward the leeward side.
  • dryness refers to the ratio (ratio) of the mass of gas refrigerant to the mass of wet vapor (liquid refrigerant + gas refrigerant).
  • FIG. 4 is a diagram showing the relationship between dryness and heat transfer coefficient.
  • the horizontal axis is dryness
  • the vertical axis is heat transfer coefficient [W/(m ⁇ K)].
  • the heat transfer coefficient of the refrigerant has a characteristic that it decreases as the degree of dryness increases. For this reason, the heat transfer coefficient of the refrigerant flowing through the windward side refrigerant passage 15 tends to decrease, and the heat exchange efficiency in the windward side refrigerant passage 15 decreases in the latter half of the flow of the refrigerant in the flat tube 10, and as a result, the heat exchanger This leads to a decrease in the overall heat exchange efficiency.
  • the distributor 40 is provided in the middle of the plurality of refrigerant passages 15 of the flat tube 10, and the heat exchange efficiency in the second flat tube 10b located downstream of the refrigerant from the distributor 40 is increased.
  • the distributor 40 allows a refrigerant with a low degree of dryness to flow into the refrigerant passage 15 on the windward side where the heat flux is large in the second flat tube 10b located downstream of the refrigerant of the distributor 40, and flows into the refrigerant passage 15 on the lee side where the heat flux is small.
  • a refrigerant with a high degree of dryness is flowed into the refrigerant.
  • the heat exchanger of Embodiment 1 improves the heat transfer coefficient in the second flat tube 10b by having the distributor 40, and aims to improve the heat exchange coefficient of the entire heat exchanger.
  • FIG. 5 is an exploded perspective view of the distributor of the heat exchanger according to the first embodiment. As shown in FIG. 1, the distributor 40 extends in the third direction, and forms independent refrigerant flow paths corresponding to each of the plurality of flat tubes 10 arranged in parallel in the third direction. In FIG. 5, constituent parts corresponding to one flat tube 10 are extracted and shown.
  • the distributor 40 includes a tube insertion plate member 400 into which the right end of the first flat tube 10a is inserted, four plate members 410, 420, 430, and 440, and into which the left end of the second flat tube 10b is inserted. It has a plate-like member 460 for inserting a tube.
  • the four plate members 410, 420, 430, and 440 are, in order from the first flat tube 10a side, a first plate member 410, a second plate member 420, a third plate member 430, and a fourth plate member. It is 440.
  • the distributor 40 further includes a fifth plate member 450 between the third plate member 430 and the fourth plate member 440.
  • FIG. 5 shows a part of the distributor 40
  • the tube insertion plate member 400, the first plate member 410, the second plate member 420, and the The third plate member 430, the fourth plate member 440, the fifth plate member 450, and the tube insertion plate member 460 have a belt-like shape that is long in the third direction.
  • a plate member 400 for tube insertion a first plate member 410, a second plate member 420, a third plate member 430, a fourth plate member 440, a fifth plate member 450, and a plate member for tube insertion.
  • the contours of the outer edges of each member 460 have the same shape.
  • Plate member 400 for tube insertion first plate member 410, second plate member 420, third plate member 430, fourth plate member 440, fifth plate member 450, and plate member 460 for tube insertion. are arranged so that the thickness direction of each plate is parallel to the stretching direction of the flat tube 10.
  • the shaped members 460 are arranged so that each plate surface is perpendicular to the direction in which the flat tube 10 extends.
  • the distributor 40 includes a tube insertion plate member 400, a first plate member 410, a second plate member 420, a third plate member 430, a fifth plate member 450, a fourth plate member 440, and a tube insertion plate member 400.
  • the plate-like members 460 are stacked in this order from the one closest to the first flat tube 10a. Adjacent members among these plate-like members are joined by brazing.
  • the distributor 40 has the same number of configurations as the flat tubes 10 as described below, but since each configuration is the same, only the component corresponding to one flat tube 10 will be described.
  • the entire heat exchanger including the distributor 40 will be divided into two regions on a plane extending in the first direction and the third direction and located at the center of the distributor 40 in the second direction (shaded plane in FIG. 5).
  • the windward side of the divided regions is called a windward region 1a
  • the leeward side is called a leeward region 1b.
  • the tube insertion plate member 400 has an insertion hole 401 into which the right end of the first flat tube 10a is inserted.
  • the insertion hole 401 penetrates the tube insertion plate member 400 in the thickness direction of the tube insertion plate member 400.
  • the insertion hole 401 has a flat opening shape similar to the outer peripheral shape of the first flat tube 10a.
  • the inner peripheral surface of the insertion hole 401 is joined to the outer peripheral surface of the first flat tube 10a over the entire circumference by brazing.
  • the first flat tube 10a may be arranged such that the right end of the first flat tube 10a is accommodated in the insertion hole 401, or it may be arranged such that the right end of the first flat tube 10a is accommodated in the insertion hole 401, or it may be inserted into the through hole 411 of the first plate member 410, which will be described later. It may be arranged so that it is located in the middle. Note that the tube insertion plate member 400 is omitted from the configuration of the distributor 40, and the right end of the first flat tube 10a is arranged in the middle of the through hole 411 of the first plate member 410, which will be described later. Good too.
  • the first plate member 410 has a through hole 411 that serves as an inlet for the refrigerant.
  • the through hole 411 penetrates the first plate member 410 in the thickness direction of the first plate member 410 .
  • the through hole 411 has a flat opening shape similar to the outer peripheral shape of the first flat tube 10a.
  • the opening area of the through hole 411 is the same as or larger than the opening area of the insertion hole 401 of the tube insertion plate member 400.
  • the through hole 411 overlaps with the insertion hole 401 of the tube insertion plate member 400 when viewed in the first direction, and communicates with the plurality of refrigerant passages 15 in the first flat tube 10a.
  • the second plate member 420 has a through hole 421 through which the refrigerant that has passed through the through hole 411 passes.
  • the through hole 421 penetrates the second plate member 420 in the thickness direction of the second plate member 420.
  • the through hole 421 has a shorter length in the second direction than the through hole 411 of the first plate-shaped member 410, a substantially same length in the third direction, and has a flat opening shape.
  • the shape of the through hole 421 is not limited to a flat shape, but may be circular.
  • the opening area of the through hole 421 is smaller than the opening area of the through hole 411 of the first plate member 410.
  • the through hole 421 overlaps the through hole 411 of the first plate member 410 when viewed in the first direction, and is located at the center of the through hole 411 in the second direction.
  • the third plate member 430 has a through hole 431 through which the refrigerant that has passed through the through hole 421 passes.
  • the through hole 431 penetrates the third plate member 430 in the thickness direction of the third plate member 430.
  • the through hole 431 has a flat opening shape.
  • the through hole 431 is formed so as to be inclined upward, which is the anti-gravity direction, from the windward region 1a to the leeward region 1b when viewed in the first direction. Further, when the through hole 431 is viewed in the first direction, both ends of the through hole 431 in the second direction are outside both ends of the through hole 421 in the second direction, and both ends of the through hole 411 in the second direction are outside.
  • the length in the second direction is set so as to be located inside the section.
  • the fifth plate member 450 has two through holes 451a and 451b through which the refrigerant that has passed through the through hole 431 passes.
  • the through holes 451a and 451b communicate with both ends of the through hole 431 in the second direction.
  • Each of the through holes 451a and 451b penetrates the fifth plate member 450 in the thickness direction of the fifth plate member 450.
  • Each of the through holes 451a and 451b has a flat opening shape extending in the third direction.
  • the shape of the through holes 451a and 451b is not limited to being flat, but may be circular.
  • the through holes 451a and 451b are arranged separately in the windward region 1a and the leeward region 1b.
  • the upper part of the through hole 451a divided into upper and lower parts at the center in the third direction overlaps with the third plate member 430.
  • the lower portion overlaps and communicates with the through hole 431 of the third plate member 430.
  • the upper part of the through hole 451b divided into upper and lower parts at the center in the third direction overlaps and communicates with the through hole 431 of the third plate member 430.
  • the lower part overlaps with the third plate member 430 and is closed.
  • the fourth plate member 440 is configured to have the same shape as the first plate member 410.
  • the fourth plate member 440 has a through hole 441 that serves as an outlet for the refrigerant.
  • the through hole 441 passes through the fourth plate member 440 in the thickness direction of the fourth plate member 440 .
  • the through hole 441 has a flat opening shape similar to the outer peripheral shape of the second flat tube 10b.
  • the opening area of the through hole 441 is the same as or larger than the opening area of each insertion hole 461 of a tube insertion plate member 460, which will be described later.
  • the through hole 441 overlaps and communicates with the through holes 451a and 451b of the fifth plate member 450, and also communicates with the plurality of refrigerant passages 15 in the second flat tube 10b. Further, the fourth plate member 440 communicates with the through hole 431 of the third plate member 430 via the through holes 451 a and 451 b of the fifth plate member 450 .
  • the tube insertion plate member 460 is configured to have the same shape as the tube insertion plate member 400.
  • the tube insertion plate member 460 has an insertion hole 461 into which the left end of the second flat tube 10b is inserted.
  • the insertion hole 461 passes through the tube insertion plate member 460 in the thickness direction of the tube insertion plate member 460.
  • the insertion hole 461 has a flat opening shape similar to the outer peripheral shape of the second flat tube 10b.
  • the insertion hole 461 overlaps and communicates with the through hole 441 of the fourth plate member 440 when viewed in the first direction.
  • the inner peripheral surface of the insertion hole 461 is joined to the outer peripheral surface of the second flat tube 10b over the entire circumference by brazing.
  • the second flat tube 10b may be arranged such that the left end of the second flat tube 10b is accommodated in the insertion hole 461, or it may be placed in the middle of the through hole 441 of the fourth plate member 440 by passing through the insertion hole 461. It may be arranged so that it is located.
  • the tube insertion plate member 460 may be omitted from the configuration of the distributor 40 and the left end of the second flat tube 10b may be located in the middle of the through hole 441 of the fourth plate member 440. . That is, the fourth plate member 440 may also serve as the tube insertion plate member 460.
  • the distributor 40 configured as described above includes a confluence section 40a having a first plate member 410 and a second plate member 420, and a gas-liquid separation unit having a third plate member 430 and a fifth plate member 450. It has a section 40b.
  • the merging portion 40a is a portion that communicates with the plurality of refrigerant passages 15 in the first flat tube 10a and joins the refrigerant flowing out from the plurality of refrigerant passages 15.
  • the gas-liquid separation part 40b is a part that is formed in communication with the confluence part 40a and separates the gas and liquid of the refrigerant that has passed through the confluence part 40a.
  • the gas-liquid separation unit 40b guides the liquid phase refrigerant to the refrigerant passage 15 in the upwind region 1a among the plurality of refrigerant passages 15 in the second flat tube 10b, and guides the gas phase refrigerant to the second flat tube 10b. This is a portion of the plurality of refrigerant passages that leads to the refrigerant passage 15 in the leeward region 1b.
  • the refrigerant passage 15 in the windward region 1a will be referred to as the windward side refrigerant passage 15a
  • the refrigerant passage 15 in the leeward region 1b will be referred to as the leeward side refrigerant passage 15b.
  • each refrigerant passage 15 of the first flat tube 10a join together at the merging portion 40a.
  • both refrigerant A with a high degree of dryness that has flowed out of the windward side refrigerant passage 15a of the first flat tube 10a and refrigerant B with a low degree of dryness that has flown out of the leeward side refrigerant passage 15b of the first flat tube 10a pass through the passage. They flow into the hole 411 and merge. Then, the refrigerant after merging passes through the through hole 421, which has a smaller opening area than the through hole 411, and is throttled.
  • the merging section 40a eliminates non-uniformity in the dryness of the refrigerants by merging and squeezing the refrigerant A with a high degree of dryness and the refrigerant B with a low degree of dryness.
  • the refrigerant After passing through the confluence section 40a, the refrigerant is divided into a refrigerant containing a large amount of liquid phase (hereinafter referred to as a refrigerant with a low degree of dryness) and a refrigerant containing a large amount of a gas phase (hereinafter referred to as a refrigerant with a high degree of dryness) in a gas-liquid separation section 40b. ) and are separated into. Specifically, the refrigerant that has flowed into the gas-liquid separation section 40b first flows into the through hole 431. As described above, the through hole 431 is formed to slope upward from the windward region 1a to the leeward region 1b.
  • refrigerants with low dryness move downward along the slope of the through-holes 431 due to gravity, thereby moving to the windward region 1a.
  • refrigerants with high dryness move upward along the slope of the through holes 431 to the leeward region 1b.
  • the refrigerant that has flowed into the gas-liquid separator 40b is separated into refrigerant C, which has a low degree of dryness, and refrigerant D, which has a high degree of dryness.
  • the refrigerant that has passed through the through hole 421 passes through the through hole 431 and collides with the fifth plate member 450, and the refrigerant that has rebounded from the collision passes through the through hole 431 again. It collides with the second plate member 420.
  • the gas-liquid separator 40b also separates the refrigerant into gas and liquid by repeating this collision.
  • refrigerant C with a low degree of dryness and containing a large amount of liquid phase passes through the through hole 451a of the fifth plate member 450.
  • the dry refrigerant D containing a large amount of gas phase passes through the through hole 451b of the fifth plate member 450.
  • the gas-liquid separator 40b separates the refrigerant that has flowed into the gas-liquid separator 40b into the refrigerant C with a low degree of dryness and the refrigerant D with a high degree of dryness, and transfers the refrigerant C with a low degree of dryness to an upwind region. 1a, and the refrigerant D having a high degree of dryness is guided to the leeward region 1b.
  • the refrigerant C with low dryness and the refrigerant D with high dryness flowing out from the gas-liquid separation part 40b flow into the second flat tube 10b through the through hole 441.
  • the refrigerant C with a low degree of dryness and the refrigerant D with a high degree of dryness that flowed out from the gas-liquid separation part 40b are once merged in the through hole 441, the magnitude relationship of the degree of dryness remains substantially maintained. 2 into the flat tube 10b. Therefore, the refrigerant C with low dryness flows into the windward refrigerant passage 15a of the second flat tube 10b, and the refrigerant D with high dryness flows into the leeward refrigerant passage 15b.
  • the distributor 40 once merges the refrigerants flowing out from each refrigerant passage 15 of the first flat tube 10a in the merging section 40a, and then converts the refrigerant after the merging into a refrigerant with a low degree of dryness in the gas-liquid separation section 40b. It separates into refrigerant C and refrigerant D, which has a high degree of dryness. Then, the distributor 40 guides the refrigerant C with a low degree of dryness to the windward side refrigerant passage 15a of the second flat tube 10b, and guides the refrigerant D with a high degree of dryness to the leeward side refrigerant passage 15b of the second flat tube 10b. .
  • the dryness of the refrigerant flowing out from the upwind region 1a of the exit of the refrigerant flow path 400A and the refrigerant flow are determined.
  • the dryness of the refrigerant flowing out from the leeward region 1b at the outlet of the refrigerant flow path 400A is defined as the degree of dryness of the refrigerant in the windward region 1a and the leeward region 1b when it flows in from the entrance (through hole 411) of the refrigerant flow path 400A. It flows out in the opposite direction.
  • the gas-liquid separation section 40b includes the third plate member 430 and the fifth plate member 450, but the fifth plate member 450 may be omitted.
  • the distributor 40 when the fifth plate-like member 450 is omitted, the gas-liquid separation effect is lower than when the fifth plate-like member 450 is not omitted, but a certain gas-liquid separation effect cannot be obtained. It will be done. Therefore, the distributor 40 only needs to include at least four plate members: the first plate member 410, the second plate member 420, the third plate member 430, and the fourth plate member 440. Furthermore, the distributor 40 only needs to have the above-mentioned refrigerant flow path 400A.
  • the distributor 40 is not limited to the structure in which a plurality of plate-like members are stacked and joined together as described above, but is composed of a single plate-like member having the thickness of a plurality of plate-like members. You may. This point also applies to the embodiments described below.
  • the operation of the heat exchanger including the distributor 40 will be described, taking as an example the operation when the heat exchanger functions as an evaporator of a refrigeration cycle device.
  • the refrigerant first flows into one header 20 from the inlet 20a.
  • the refrigerant that has flowed into one header 20 is distributed to each first flat tube 10a.
  • the refrigerant distributed to each first flat tube 10a passes through the plurality of refrigerant passages 15 from the left end to the right end of the first flat tube 10a, and flows into the distributor 40.
  • the distributor 40 joins the refrigerants that have passed through the refrigerant passages 15 of the first flat tube 10a at the merging portion 40a.
  • the heat exchanger can eliminate unevenness in the dryness of each refrigerant flowing out from each refrigerant passage 15 of the first flat tube 10a.
  • the distributor 40 guides the refrigerant C with low dryness to the windward side refrigerant passage 15a of the second flat tube 10b, and guides the refrigerant D with high dryness to the leeward side of the second flat tube 10b. It leads to the refrigerant passage 15b.
  • the heat exchanger guides the refrigerant C with low dryness to the upwind refrigerant passage 15a with respect to the second flat tube 10b located downstream of the refrigerant of the distributor 40. Therefore, compared to the case where the refrigerant with a high degree of dryness is directly guided to the windward side refrigerant passage 15a of the second flat tube 10b without providing the distributor 40, the heat exchanger The heat transfer coefficient can be improved. As a result, the heat exchanger can improve the heat exchange efficiency of the heat exchanger as a whole.
  • FIG. 6 is a diagram showing a change in the dryness of the refrigerant from the inlet to the outlet of the heat exchanger according to the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 7 is a diagram showing, as a comparative example, a change in the dryness of the refrigerant from the inlet to the outlet in a heat exchanger that does not use a distributor.
  • the horizontal axis indicates the position in the first direction
  • the vertical axis indicates the dryness of the refrigerant.
  • the solid line indicates the refrigerant flowing in the windward region 1a
  • the dashed line indicates the refrigerant flowing in the leeward region 1b.
  • the dryness of the refrigerant flowing in the windward region 1a from the inlet 20a to the outlet 20b is higher than the dryness of the refrigerant flowing in the leeward region 1b. Therefore, in the comparative example, the refrigerant evaporates preferentially in the windward region 1a and the dryness increases, and in the leeward region 1b, the refrigerant does not evaporate sufficiently and the dryness continues to be low.
  • the heat exchanger of the first embodiment can improve the heat transfer coefficient of the second flat tube 10b after passing through the distributor 40, compared to a configuration that does not use the distributor 40, and improves the heat exchanger as a whole. Heat exchange efficiency can be improved.
  • the arrows extending in the vertical direction in FIGS. 6 and 7 indicate the average amount of change in dryness from the inlet to the outlet.
  • FIG. 6 shows that since the heat transfer coefficient is improved compared to FIG. 7, the average dryness change amount is large, that is, the amount of heat exchange is increased.
  • the heat exchanger of the first embodiment includes the distributor 40, the heat transfer coefficient of the second flat tube 10b located downstream of the refrigerant of the distributor 40 can be improved compared to the comparative example. As a result, the heat exchange efficiency of the entire heat exchanger can be improved.
  • the heat exchanger functions as an evaporator
  • it may also be used to function as a condenser of a refrigeration cycle device.
  • the heat exchanger functions as a condenser of a refrigeration cycle device
  • the direction in which the refrigerant flows is opposite to that described above.
  • the distributor 40 is formed extending in the third direction and is commonly formed in a plurality of flat tubes 10 arranged in parallel in the third direction.
  • a correspondingly divided configuration may also be used.
  • the heat exchanger has shown a configuration in which the distributor 40 corresponds to all of the flat tubes 10, it may be configured to correspond to not necessarily all of the flat tubes 10 but some of the flat tubes 10.
  • the position of the distributor 40 in the first direction in the heat exchanger is assumed to be at the center of the flat tube 10 in the first direction, but it is not limited to the center, and may be located halfway in the first direction.
  • the position of the distributor 40 in the first direction in the heat exchanger may be determined based on the heat flow velocity distribution in the second direction and the air volume distribution in the first direction. This point also applies to the embodiments described below.
  • the heat exchanger according to the first embodiment includes the distributor 40 provided in the middle of the flat tube 10.
  • the distributor 40 has a refrigerant flow path 400A formed of a through hole.
  • the refrigerant flow path 400A calculates the dryness of the refrigerant flowing out from the upwind region 1a of the outlet of the refrigerant flow path 400A and the dryness of the refrigerant flowing out from the leeward region 1b of the exit of the refrigerant flow path 400A.
  • the degree of dryness of the refrigerant in the windward region 1a and the leeward region 1b when it flows in from the inlet of the refrigerant is opposite to that of the refrigerant flowing out.
  • the heat exchanger of Embodiment 1 can improve the heat transfer coefficient in the downstream portion of the refrigerant from the distributor 40 in the flat tube 10, and as a result, the heat exchange efficiency of the heat exchanger as a whole can be improved.
  • the distributor 40 is disposed in the middle of the flat tube 10 in the first direction.
  • the flat tube 10 includes a first flat tube 10a upstream of the distributor 40 and a second flat tube 10b downstream of the distributor 40.
  • the distributor 40 includes a confluence section 40a and a gas-liquid separation section 40b that communicate with the plurality of refrigerant passages 15 in the first flat tube 10a.
  • the gas-liquid separation section 40b is formed in communication with the confluence section 40a, separates the gas and liquid of the refrigerant that has passed through the confluence section 40a, and guides the liquid phase refrigerant to the windward side refrigerant passage 15a of the second flat tube 10b.
  • the gaseous refrigerant is guided to the leeward refrigerant passage 15b of the second flat tube 10b.
  • the heat exchanger of Embodiment 1 allows the refrigerant to flow into the confluence section 40a and the gas-liquid separation section 40b in the distributor 40, so that the heat in the second flat tube 10b, which is the refrigerant downstream section of the distributor 40, can be increased.
  • the transfer coefficient can be improved, and as a result, the heat exchange efficiency of the heat exchanger as a whole can be improved.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic front view of the heat exchanger according to the second embodiment.
  • the heat exchanger of the second embodiment differs from the first embodiment in the configuration of the distributor.
  • the other configurations are the same or equivalent to those of the first embodiment.
  • the structure of the second embodiment that is different from the first embodiment will be mainly explained, and the structures that are not explained in the second embodiment are the same as those of the first embodiment.
  • the exchanger of the second embodiment includes a plurality of flat tubes 10 arranged at intervals and through which refrigerant flows, and a pair of flat tubes 10 arranged at both ends of the plurality of flat tubes 10 in the extending direction. It has a header 20 and a plurality of fins 30 arranged between two adjacent flat tubes.
  • the heat exchanger further includes a distributor 50 arranged at the center of the plurality of flat tubes 10 in the extending direction. Each of the plurality of flat tubes 10 extends in the vertical direction.
  • the plurality of flat tubes 10 are arranged in parallel with each other at intervals in the left-right direction.
  • the pair of headers 20 and distributor 50 extend in the left-right direction along the direction in which the plurality of flat tubes 10 are arranged in parallel.
  • the stretching direction of the flat tube 10 will be referred to as the first direction
  • the direction perpendicular to the first direction in which the refrigerant passages 15 of the flat tube 10 are parallel will be referred to as the second direction.
  • a direction perpendicular to the second direction is referred to as a third direction.
  • the first direction is the up-down direction
  • the second direction is the depth direction
  • the third direction is the left-right direction.
  • the second direction is also the direction in which air passes.
  • FIG. 8 shows that the first direction in which the flat tube 10 extends is the vertical direction, which is the direction of gravity, it may be in the horizontal direction as in the first embodiment. Further, although FIG. 8 shows an example in which the fins 30 are corrugated fins, they may be plate-shaped fins as in the first embodiment. Furthermore, the heat exchanger of the second embodiment may be a finless heat exchanger that does not include the fins 30.
  • refrigerant flows into one header 20 from the inlet 20a.
  • the refrigerant that has flowed into one header 20 is distributed to each of the first flat tubes 10a, flows through each first flat tube 10a from the lower end toward the upper end, and then flows into the distributor 50.
  • independent refrigerant flow paths are formed in the distributor 50 corresponding to each of the flat tubes 10. Therefore, the refrigerant flowing through each first flat tube 10a from the lower end to the upper end flows into each second flat tube 10b without mixing with the refrigerant flowing through other first flat tubes 10a in the distributor 50. Inflow. After the refrigerant flows through each second flat tube 10b from the lower end to the upper end, the refrigerant joins at the other header 20 and flows out from the outlet 20b.
  • FIG. 9 is an exploded perspective view of the distributor of the heat exchanger according to the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 10 is a plan view of each plate member that constitutes the distributor of the heat exchanger according to the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 10(a) is a plan view of the first plate member.
  • FIG. 10(b) is a plan view of the second plate member.
  • FIG. 10(c) is a plan view of the third plate member.
  • FIG. 10(d) is a plan view of the fourth plate member.
  • FIG. 10(e) is a plan view of the fifth plate member.
  • the distributor 50 extends in the third direction as shown in FIGS. 9 and 10, and forms independent refrigerant flow paths corresponding to each of the plurality of flat tubes 10 arranged in parallel in the third direction. .
  • the refrigerant flow path of the distributor 50 has a first flow path 500A (see FIG. 12) and a second flow path 500B (see FIG. 12).
  • the first flow path 500A is a flow path that guides the refrigerant in the windward refrigerant passage 15a of the first flat tube 10a to the leeward refrigerant passage 15b of the second flat tube 10b.
  • the second flow path 500B is a flow path that guides the refrigerant in the leeward refrigerant passage 15b of the first flat tube 10a to the upwind refrigerant passage 15a of the second flat tube 10b.
  • the first flow path 500A and the second flow path 500B are composed of through holes, and the specific configuration will be described below.
  • the distributor 50 includes a first plate member 510, a second plate member 520, a third plate member 530, a fourth plate member 540, and a fifth plate member 550.
  • the first plate member 510, the second plate member 520, the third plate member 530, the fourth plate member 540, and the fifth plate member 550 are all formed using flat metal plates.
  • the first plate member 510, the second plate member 520, the third plate member 530, the fourth plate member 540, and the fifth plate member 550 have a band-like shape that is long in the third direction. Further, the outer edges of the first plate member 510, the second plate member 520, the third plate member 530, the fourth plate member 540, and the fifth plate member 550 have the same shape. are doing.
  • the first plate member 510, the second plate member 520, the third plate member 530, the fourth plate member 540, and the fifth plate member 550 have their thickness directions parallel to the extending direction of the flat tube 10.
  • first plate member 510, the second plate member 520, the third plate member 530, the fourth plate member 540, and the fifth plate member 550 each have a plate surface that corresponds to the extending direction of the flat tube 10. arranged vertically.
  • the distributor 50 has a first plate member 510, a second plate member 520, a third plate member 530, a fourth plate member 540, and a fifth plate member 550 at a distance from the first flat tube 10a. It has a structure in which the layers are stacked in this order from the closest one. Adjacent members among these plate-like members are joined by brazing. Although not shown in FIGS. 9 and 10, the distributor 50 includes insertion holes into which the respective ends of the first flat tube 10a and the second flat tube 10b are inserted, as in the first embodiment. It is equipped with two plate-like members for inserting tubes.
  • One of the two tube insertion plate members is arranged between the first flat tube 10a and the first plate member 510, and the other of the two plate members is arranged between the second flat tube 10b and the fifth plate member 510. It is arranged between the plate member 550 and the plate member 550 .
  • the distributor 40 of the first embodiment was configured to include a confluence section 40a and a gas-liquid separation section 40b
  • the distributor 50 of the second embodiment does not include these.
  • the distributor 50 of the second embodiment guides refrigerant with a low degree of dryness to the windward side refrigerant passage 15a of the second flat tube 10b, and guides refrigerant with a high degree of dryness to the leeward side refrigerant passage 15b of the second flat tube 10b.
  • This is common to the distributor 40 of Embodiment 1 in this respect, but the configuration for forming the flow is different.
  • FIG. 11 is a diagram illustrating a state in which two adjacent plate members are stacked on top of each other among the plurality of plate members configuring the distributor of the heat exchanger according to the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 11A is a plan view of the stacked state of the first plate member 510 and the second plate member 520, viewed from the second flat tube 10b side.
  • FIG. 11(b) is a plan view of the stacked state of the second plate member 520 and the third plate member 530, viewed from the second flat tube 10b side.
  • FIG. 11(c) is a plan view of a state in which the third plate member 530 and the fourth plate member 540 are stacked, viewed from the second flat tube 10b side.
  • FIG. 11(d) is a plan view of the stacked state of the fourth plate-like member 540 and the fifth plate-like member 550, viewed from the second flat tube 10b side.
  • the first plate member 510 has a first through hole 511 that serves as an inlet for the refrigerant.
  • the first through hole 511 passes through the first plate member 510 in the thickness direction of the first plate member 510.
  • the first through hole 511 has a flat opening shape similar to the outer peripheral shape of the first flat tube 10a.
  • the opening area of the first through hole 511 is the same as or larger than the opening area of the insertion hole of the first flat tube 10a formed in the tube insertion plate member not shown in FIGS. 9 to 11. .
  • the second plate member 520 has two second through holes 521a and 521b through which the refrigerant that has passed through the first through hole 511 passes.
  • Each of the second through holes 521a and 521b penetrates the second plate member 520 in the thickness direction of the second plate member 520.
  • the second through holes 521a and 521b have the same shape.
  • Each of the second through holes 521a and 521b has a rectangular shape, and the length in the third direction is longer than the length in the third direction of the first through hole 511, and the length in the second direction is longer than the length of the first through hole 511. shorter than the length in the second direction.
  • the second through holes 521a and 521b are arranged separately in the windward region 1a and the leeward region 1b.
  • the second through-hole 521a in the windward region 1a (hereinafter referred to as the second windward-side through-hole 521a) and the second through-hole 521b in the leeward region 1b (hereinafter referred to as the second leeward-side through-hole 521b) are The position of the direction is different.
  • the windward side second through hole 521a is arranged on the left side of the leeward side second through hole 521b, and the leeward side second through hole 521b is arranged on the right side of the windward side second through hole 521a.
  • the third plate member 530 has two through holes, third through holes 531a and 531b.
  • the refrigerant that has passed through the second windward through hole 521a passes through the third through hole 531a, and the refrigerant that has passed through the second through hole 521b on the leeward side passes through the third through hole 531b.
  • Each of the third through holes 531a and 531b penetrates the third plate member 530 in the thickness direction of the third plate member 530.
  • the third through holes 531a and 531b have the same shape.
  • Each of the third through holes 531a and 531b has a flat opening shape similarly to the first through hole 511.
  • the third through holes 531a and 531b are spaced apart in the third direction.
  • the third through holes 531a and 531b are formed in the above arrangement and shape in the third plate-like member 530, the solid lines inside the through holes in FIG. As shown by arrows and dotted line arrows, flow paths are formed in which the refrigerant flows in mutually opposite directions in the second direction. The flow of the refrigerant indicated by solid line arrows and dotted line arrows will be explained again.
  • the fourth plate member 540 has two through holes, fourth through holes 541a and 541b.
  • the refrigerant that has passed through the third through hole 531b passes through the fourth through hole 541a, and the refrigerant that has passed through the third through hole 531a passes through the fourth through hole 541b.
  • Each of the fourth through holes 541a and 541b penetrates the fourth plate member 540 in the thickness direction of the fourth plate member 540.
  • the fourth through holes 541a and 541b have the same shape.
  • Each of the fourth through holes 541a and 541b has a rectangular shape, and the length in the third direction is longer than the length in the third direction of the third through holes 531a and 531b, and the length in the second direction is longer than the length in the third direction. It is shorter than the length in the second direction of the three through holes 531a and 531b.
  • the fourth through holes 541a and 541b are arranged separately in the windward region 1a and the leeward region 1b.
  • the fourth through hole 541a in the windward region 1a and the fourth through hole 541b in the leeward region 1b have different positions in the third direction.
  • the fourth through hole 541a in the windward region 1a (hereinafter referred to as the fourth through hole 541a on the windward side) is located on the right side and leeward of the fourth through hole 541b in the leeward region 1b (hereinafter referred to as the fourth through hole 541b on the leeward side).
  • the fourth side through hole 541b is arranged on the left side of the windward side fourth through hole 541a.
  • the windward side fourth through hole 541a and the leeward side fourth through hole 541b are formed in the above arrangement and shape, so that in these through holes, as shown in FIG. 10(d), As shown by the arrows in the through-hole, a flow path is formed in which the refrigerant flows in directions approaching each other in the third direction. The flow of refrigerant will be explained again.
  • the fifth plate member 550 has a fifth through hole 551 that serves as an outlet for the refrigerant.
  • the fifth through hole 551 passes through the fifth plate member 550 in the thickness direction of the fifth plate member 550.
  • the fifth through hole 551 has a flat opening shape similar to the outer peripheral shape of the first flat tube 10a.
  • the opening area of the fifth through hole 551 is the same as the opening area of the first through hole 511 of the first plate member 510.
  • the second through hole 521a on the windward side of the second plate member 520 is located in the right side area. It overlaps and communicates with the windward region 1a of the 1 through hole 511.
  • the second through hole 521b on the leeward side of the second plate member 520 overlaps and communicates with the leeward region 1b of the first through hole 511 in the left side region.
  • dots indicate portions where through holes adjacent to each other in the first direction overlap and communicate with each other.
  • the third through hole 531a of the third plate member 530 is located in the windward region 1a. It overlaps and communicates with the left side region of the upper second through hole 521a.
  • the third through hole 531b of the third plate member 530 overlaps and communicates with the right side region of the leeward second through hole 521b in the leeward region.
  • the fourth through hole 541b on the leeward side of the fourth plate member 540 is located in the left side area. It overlaps and communicates with the leeward region 1b of the No. 3 through hole 531a.
  • the fourth through hole 541a on the windward side of the fourth plate member 540 overlaps and communicates with the windward region 1a of the third through hole 531b in the right region.
  • the fifth through hole 551 of the fifth plate member 550 is located in the windward region 1a. It communicates with the left side region of the upper fourth through hole 541a, and communicates with the right side region of the leeward fourth through hole 541b in the leeward region 1b.
  • each plate-like member By stacking the first plate-like member 510, second plate-like member 520, third plate-like member 530, fourth plate-like member 540, and fifth plate-like member 550 formed as described above, each plate-like member The through holes formed in the member partially communicate with each other to form a first flow path 500A and a second flow path 500B.
  • the first flow path 500A is a flow path through which the refrigerant flows as shown by a dotted arrow in FIG. 12, which will be described later.
  • the first flow path 500A includes a first through hole 511, a second windward through hole 521a, a third through hole 531a communicating with the second windward through hole 521a, a fourth through hole 541b on the leeward side, and a fifth through hole 551. is formed.
  • the second flow path 500B is a flow path through which the refrigerant flows as shown by solid arrows in FIG. 12, which will be described later.
  • the second flow path 500B includes a first through hole 511, a second through hole 521b on the leeward side, a third through hole 531b communicating with the second through hole 521b on the leeward side, a fourth through hole 541a on the windward side, and a fifth through hole 551. is formed.
  • FIG. 12 is an explanatory diagram of the flow of refrigerant in the first channel of the distributor of the heat exchanger according to the second embodiment.
  • the refrigerant flowing out from each refrigerant passage 15 of the first flat tube 10a flows into the first through hole 511 of the first plate member 510.
  • the refrigerant that has passed through the windward refrigerant passage 15a of the first flat tube 10a has a high dryness
  • the refrigerant that has passed through the leeward refrigerant passage 15b has a low dryness.
  • the dotted line arrow indicates a refrigerant with a high degree of dryness
  • the solid line arrow indicates a refrigerant with a low degree of dryness.
  • the dotted line arrows and solid line arrows in FIG. 12 correspond to the dotted line arrows and solid line arrows in FIG.
  • a refrigerant with a high degree of dryness flows through the first flow path 500A. That is, the refrigerant having a high degree of dryness flowing out from the windward region 1a of the first through hole 511 of the first plate member 510 first flows into the right region of the windward side second through hole 521a of the second plate member 520. After that, it flows toward the left side region of the windward side second through hole 521a as shown by the dotted line arrow.
  • the refrigerant that has flowed to the left side region of the second through hole 521a on the windward side flows into the windward region 1a of the third through hole 531a of the third plate member 530, and flows to the leeward side of the third through hole 531a as shown by the dotted arrow. It flows towards region 1b.
  • the refrigerant flowing toward the leeward region 1b of the third through hole 531a flows into the left region of the leeward fourth through hole 541b of the fourth plate member 540, and as shown by the dotted line arrow, the refrigerant flows into the leeward fourth through hole 541b of the fourth plate member 540. Flows toward the right region of 541b.
  • the refrigerant flowing toward the right side region of the fourth leeward through hole 541b passes through the leeward region 1b of the fifth through hole 551 of the fifth plate member 550, and flows out from the distributor 50.
  • the refrigerant flowing out from the distributor 50 here the refrigerant having a high degree of dryness, flows into the leeward refrigerant passage 15b of the second flat tube 10b.
  • the refrigerant with low dryness flows through the second flow path 500B. That is, after the refrigerant with low dryness flowing out from the leeward region 1b of the first through hole 511 of the first plate member 510 flows into the left region of the leeward side second through hole 521b of the second plate member 520, As shown by the solid line arrow, it flows toward the right region of the leeward second through hole 521b.
  • the refrigerant flowing toward the right side area of the second leeward through hole 521b flows into the leeward area 1b of the third through hole 531b of the third plate member 530, and as shown by the solid arrow, the refrigerant flows into the leeward area 1b of the third through hole 531b of the third plate member 530. It flows toward the windward region 1a.
  • the refrigerant flowing toward the windward region 1a of the third through hole 531b flows into the right region of the windward side fourth through hole 541a of the fourth plate member 540, and as shown by the solid line arrow, the refrigerant flows into the windward side fourth through hole 541a of the fourth plate member 540. It flows toward the left side region of the hole 541a.
  • the refrigerant that has flowed toward the left side region of the fourth through hole 541 a on the windward side passes through the windward region 1 a of the fifth through hole 551 of the fifth plate member 550 and flows out from the distributor 50 .
  • the refrigerant flowing out from the distributor 50 here a refrigerant with a low degree of dryness, flows into the upwind refrigerant passage 15a of the second flat tube 10b.
  • the distributor 50 guides the highly dry refrigerant flowing out from the windward refrigerant passage 15a of the first flat tube 10a to the leeward refrigerant passage 15b of the second flat tube 10b. Moreover, the distributor 50 guides the refrigerant having a low degree of dryness flowing out from the leeward side refrigerant passage 15b of the first flat tube 10a to the windward side refrigerant passage 15a of the second flat tube 10b.
  • the distributor 50 determines the dryness of the refrigerant flowing out from the windward region 1a of the outlet of the refrigerant flow path and the refrigerant flow at the outlet of the refrigerant flow path (fifth through hole 551) formed in the distributor 50.
  • the dryness of the refrigerant flowing out from the leeward region 1b at the outlet of the refrigerant flow path is defined as the degree of dryness of the refrigerant in the windward region 1a and the leeward region 1b when it flows in from the entrance of the refrigerant flow path (first through hole 511). It flows out in the opposite direction.
  • FIG. 13 is a diagram showing a change in the dryness of the refrigerant from the inlet to the outlet of the heat exchanger according to the second embodiment.
  • the horizontal axis indicates the position in the first direction, and the vertical axis indicates the dryness of the refrigerant.
  • the solid line indicates the refrigerant flowing in the windward region 1a of the heat exchanger, and the dashed line indicates the refrigerant flowing in the leeward region 1b of the heat exchanger.
  • the refrigerant with low dryness and the refrigerant with high dryness are exchanged between the windward region 1a and the leeward region 1b. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 13, the dryness of the refrigerant flowing in the windward region 1a and the refrigerant flowing in the leeward region 1b is different from the dryness at the inlet of the distributor 50 at the outlet of the distributor 50. Subsequently, the windward region 1a and the leeward region 1b are switched.
  • the heat exchanger of the second embodiment can improve the heat transfer coefficient of the second flat tube 10b after passing through the distributor 50, compared to the case where the distributor 50 is not provided, and the heat exchanger as a whole can improve the heat transfer coefficient of the second flat tube 10b after passing through the distributor 50. Heat exchange efficiency can be improved.
  • the heat exchanger functions as an evaporator
  • it may also be used to function as a condenser of a refrigeration cycle device.
  • the direction in which the refrigerant flows is opposite to that described above. That is, the refrigerant flows into the header 20 from the outlet 20b, flows through the second flat tube 10b, the distributor 50, and the first flat tube 10a, flows into the header 20, and flows out from the inlet 20a.
  • the distributor 50 guides refrigerant with a high degree of dryness to the windward side refrigerant passage 15a of the first flat tube 10a, which is the downstream side of the distributor 50, contrary to the case where the heat exchanger is used as an evaporator.
  • a refrigerant with a low degree of dryness is introduced into the leeward refrigerant passage 15b of the first flat tube 10a. This is because when the heat exchanger functions as a condenser, the dryness of the refrigerant flowing out from the windward side refrigerant passage 15a of the second flat tube 10b, which is the inlet side, is small, and This is because the dryness of the refrigerant flowing out is large.
  • the refrigerant flow path of the distributor 50 includes the first flow path 500A and the second flow path 500B.
  • the first flow path 500A is a flow path that guides the refrigerant in the windward refrigerant passage 15a of the first flat tube 10a to the leeward refrigerant passage 15b of the second flat tube 10b.
  • the second flow path 500B is a flow path that guides the refrigerant in the leeward refrigerant passage 15b of the first flat tube 10a to the upwind refrigerant passage 15a of the second flat tube 10b.
  • the heat exchanger of the second embodiment can improve the heat transfer coefficient of the second flat tube 10b, and as a result, the heat exchange efficiency of the heat exchanger as a whole can be improved.
  • Embodiment 3 The heat exchanger of the third embodiment differs from the second embodiment in the configuration of the distributor.
  • the other configurations are the same or equivalent to those of the second embodiment.
  • the structure of the third embodiment that is different from the second embodiment will be mainly explained, and the structures that are not explained in the third embodiment are the same as those of the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 14 is a plan view of each plate member that constitutes the distributor of the heat exchanger according to the third embodiment.
  • FIG. 14(a) is a plan view of the first plate member.
  • FIG. 14(b) is a plan view of the second plate member.
  • FIG. 14(c) is a plan view of the third plate member.
  • FIG. 14(d) is a plan view of the fourth plate member.
  • FIG. 14(e) is a plan view of the fifth plate member.
  • the distributor 50 of the third embodiment has a configuration in which the sizes of through holes provided in the second plate member 520 and the fourth plate member 540 are different from those of the distributor 50 of the second embodiment.
  • the windward side second through hole 521a has a larger opening area than the leeward side second through hole 521b.
  • the fourth through hole 541b on the leeward side has a larger opening area than the second through hole 521a on the windward side.
  • Both the windward-side second through-hole 521a and the leeward-side fourth through-hole 541b, which have a larger opening area, are through-holes through which a refrigerant with a high degree of dryness passes.
  • a part of the cross-sectional area of the first flow path 500A through which the refrigerant with high dryness passes is a part of the cross-sectional area of the second flow path 500B through which the refrigerant with low dryness passes. It has a configuration larger than a part of the road cross-sectional area.
  • a refrigerant with a high degree of dryness has a lower density than a refrigerant with a low degree of dryness, and its flow rate increases, resulting in an increase in pressure loss.
  • the opening area of the through-hole through which the refrigerant with high dryness passes is made larger than the through-hole through which the refrigerant with low dryness passes. It is possible to reduce the pressure loss of the refrigerant when it passes through the container.
  • Embodiment 4 In the first to third embodiments described above, the refrigerant flows in one direction in the distributor.
  • Embodiment 4 has a configuration in which the refrigerant flows in one direction in the distributor and then flows back in the opposite direction. The following will mainly explain the configurations of Embodiment 4 that are different from Embodiments 1 to 3, and the configurations not described in Embodiment 4 are the same as Embodiments 1 to 3. be.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic perspective view of a heat exchanger according to Embodiment 4.
  • the heat exchanger of the fourth embodiment includes a first heat exchange section 60, a second heat exchange section 70, a pair of headers 20, and a distributor 80.
  • the first heat exchange section 60 includes a plurality of first flat tubes 10a arranged at intervals and through which refrigerant flows, and a plurality of fins 30. Each of the plurality of first flat tubes 10a extends in the horizontal direction. The plurality of first flat tubes 10a are arranged in parallel at intervals in the vertical direction.
  • the second heat exchange section 70 has a similar configuration to the first heat exchange section 60.
  • the second heat exchange section 70 includes a plurality of second flat tubes 10b arranged at intervals and through which a refrigerant flows, and a plurality of fins 30.
  • Each of the plurality of second flat tubes 10b extends in the horizontal direction.
  • the plurality of second flat tubes 10b are arranged in parallel at intervals in the vertical direction.
  • the first flat tube 10a and the second flat tube 10b have the shapes shown in FIG. 2 above.
  • the fins 30 are illustrated as plate-shaped fins in FIG. 15, but may be corrugated fins.
  • the heat exchanger may be a finless heat exchanger that does not include the fins 30.
  • the 1st flat tube 10a and the 2nd flat tube 10b are not distinguished, they are collectively called the flat tube 10.
  • the pair of headers 20 are arranged at the ends of each of the first heat exchange section 60 and the second heat exchange section 70 in the first direction.
  • the pair of headers 20 extend in the third direction.
  • the left end of the plurality of first flat tubes 10a of the first heat exchange section 60 is connected to the distributor 80, and the right end of the plurality of first flat tubes 10a is connected to the windward side header 20 of the pair of headers 20. has been done.
  • the left ends of the plurality of second flat tubes 10b of the second heat exchange section 70 are connected to the distributor 80, and the right ends of the plurality of second flat tubes 10b are connected to the leeward side header 20 of the pair of headers 20. has been done.
  • the distributor 80 extends in the third direction and is arranged at the left end of the first heat exchange section 60 and the second heat exchange section 70 so as to straddle the first heat exchange section 60 and the second heat exchange section 70. ing.
  • the distributor 80 is connected to one end of the first flat tube 10a and the second flat tube 10b on the same side in the first direction, specifically, to the left end.
  • the distributor 80 has the same functions as the distributors in each of the embodiments described above.
  • the distributor 80 converts the dryness of the refrigerant flowing out from the upwind region 1a of the outlet of the refrigerant flow path and the dryness of the refrigerant flowing out from the leeward region 1b of the exit of the refrigerant flow path into The degree of dryness of the refrigerant in the windward region 1a and the leeward region 1b when it flows in is opposite to that of the refrigerant when it flows out.
  • the distributor 80 converts the dryness of the refrigerant flowing out from the upwind region 1a of the outlet of the refrigerant flow path and the dryness of the refrigerant flowing out from the leeward region 1b of the exit of the refrigerant flow path into The degree of dryness of the refrigerant in the windward region 1a and the leeward region 1b when it flows in is opposite to that of the refrigerant when it flows out.
  • each of the first heat exchange section 60 and the second heat exchange section 70 is , it is assumed that there is an upwind region
  • the refrigerant flows into the header 20 on the windward side from the inlet 20a.
  • the refrigerant that has flowed into the header 20 on the windward side is distributed to each of the plurality of first flat tubes 10a, flows through each first flat tube 10a from the right end to the left end, and then flows into the distributor 80.
  • the refrigerant that has flowed into the distributor 80 flows from right to left within the distributor 80, and then flows back in the opposite direction.
  • FIG. 16 is an exploded perspective view of the distributor of the heat exchanger according to the fourth embodiment.
  • FIG. 17 is a plan view of each plate member forming the distributor of the heat exchanger according to the fourth embodiment.
  • FIG. 17(a) is a plan view of the first plate member.
  • FIG. 17(b) is a plan view of the second plate member.
  • FIG. 17(c) is a plan view of the third plate member.
  • FIG. 17(d) is a plan view of the fourth plate member.
  • the distributor 80 extends in the third direction as shown in FIGS. 16 and 17, and forms independent refrigerant flow paths corresponding to each of the plurality of flat tubes 10 arranged in parallel in the third direction. .
  • the refrigerant flow path of the distributor 80 has a first flow path 800A (see FIG. 19) and a second flow path 800B (see FIG. 19).
  • the first flow path 800A and the second flow path 800B allow the refrigerant flowing out from the left end of the first flat tube 10a to flow in the first direction, and then flow back in the opposite direction toward the left end of the second flat tube 10b. It is a flow path.
  • the first flow path 800A is a flow path that causes the refrigerant flowing out from the windward refrigerant passage 15a of the first flat tube 10a to flow into the leeward refrigerant passage 15b of the second flat tube 10b.
  • the second flow path 800B is a flow path that causes the refrigerant flowing out from the leeward refrigerant passage 15b of the first flat tube 10a to flow into the upwind refrigerant passage 15a of the second flat tube 10b.
  • the first flow path 800A and the second flow path 800B are composed of through holes, and the specific configuration will be described below.
  • the distributor 80 has a first plate member 810, a second plate member 820, a third plate member 830, and a fourth plate member 840.
  • the first plate member 810, the second plate member 820, the third plate member 830, and the fourth plate member 840 are all formed using flat metal plates.
  • the first plate-like member 810, the second plate-like member 820, the third plate-like member 830, and the fourth plate-like member 840 have a band-like shape that is long in the third direction. Furthermore, the outlines of the outer edges of the first plate member 810, the second plate member 820, the third plate member 830, and the fourth plate member 840 have the same shape.
  • the first plate-like member 810, the second plate-like member 820, the third plate-like member 830, and the fourth plate-like member 840 are arranged so that their thickness directions are parallel to the extending direction of the flat tube 10. There is. In other words, the first plate member 810, the second plate member 820, the third plate member 830, and the fourth plate member 840 are arranged such that their respective plate surfaces are perpendicular to the extending direction of the flat tube 10. has been done.
  • the distributor 80 includes a first plate-like member 810, a second plate-like member 820, a third plate-like member 830, and a fourth plate-like member 840 in this order from the one closest to the flat tube 10 in the first direction. It has a laminated structure. Adjacent members among these plate-like members are joined by brazing.
  • the distributor 80 is made of a single sheet having insertion holes into which the respective ends of the first flat tube 10a and the second flat tube 10b are inserted, as in the first embodiment. It is equipped with a plate-like member for inserting a tube. The tube insertion plate member is provided between the flat tube 10 and the first plate member 810.
  • FIG. 18 is a diagram illustrating a state in which two adjacent plate members of the plurality of plate members constituting the distributor of the heat exchanger according to Embodiment 4 are overlapped.
  • FIG. 18(a) is a plan view of the stacked state of the first plate member 810 and the second plate member 820, viewed from the first flat tube 10a side.
  • FIG. 18(b) is a plan view of the stacked state of the second plate member 820 and the third plate member 830, viewed from the first flat tube 10a side.
  • FIG. 18(c) is a plan view of the stacked third plate member 830 and fourth plate member 840 viewed from the first flat tube 10a side.
  • the first plate member 810 has a first through hole 811a that serves as an inlet for the refrigerant to the distributor 80, and a second through hole 811b that serves as an outlet for the refrigerant from the distributor 80.
  • the first through hole 811a and the second through hole 811b penetrate the first plate member 810 in the thickness direction of the first plate member 810.
  • the first through hole 811a and the second through hole 811b have a flat opening shape similar to the outer peripheral shape of the flat tube 10.
  • the first through hole 811a and the second through hole 811b are spaced apart in the second direction.
  • the first through hole 811a and the second through hole 811b are at the same position in the third direction.
  • the first through hole 811a is formed at a position facing the first flat tube 10a, and communicates with the plurality of refrigerant passages 15 of the first flat tube 10a.
  • the second through hole 811b is formed at a position facing the second flat tube 10b, and communicates with the plurality of refrigerant passages 15 of the second flat tube 10b.
  • the second plate member 820 communicates with the first through hole 811a of the first plate member 810 and has two third through holes 821a1 and 821a2 spaced apart in the second direction. Further, the second plate member 820 has two fourth through holes 821b1 and 821b2 that communicate with the second through hole 811b of the first plate member 810 and are spaced apart in the second direction.
  • the third through holes 821a1 and 821a2 penetrate the second plate-like member 820 in the thickness direction of the second plate-like member 820.
  • the fourth through holes 821b1 and 821b2 penetrate the second plate-like member 820 in the thickness direction of the second plate-like member 820.
  • the third through holes 821a1 and 821a2 have a rectangular shape, and the length in the third direction is longer than the length in the third direction of the first through hole 811a, and the length in the second direction is longer than that of the first through hole 811a. It is shorter than the length in the second direction.
  • the third through holes 821a1 and 821a2 are spaced apart in the second direction, and are arranged separately in the windward region 1a and the leeward region 1b.
  • the third through hole 821a1 in the windward region 1a (hereinafter referred to as the third through hole 821a1 on the windward side) and the third through hole 821a2 in the leeward region 1b (hereinafter referred to as the third through hole 821a2 on the leeward side) are arranged in the third direction. (vertical direction) positions are different.
  • the third through-hole 821a1 on the windward side is arranged above the third through-hole 821a2 on the leeward side, and the third through-hole 821a2 on the leeward side is arranged below the third through-hole 821a1 on the windward side.
  • the position of the windward side third through hole 821a1 in the third direction is that the windward side third through hole 821a1 is divided vertically into two at the center in the third direction, and the first through hole is located in the lower region. 811a.
  • the position of the leeward side third through hole 821a2 in the third direction is such that the leeward side third through hole 821a2 is divided into two vertically at the center in the third direction, and the upper region is connected to the first through hole 811a. It is set to communicate.
  • the windward side third through hole 821a1 and the leeward side third through hole 821a2 flow in a direction in which they mutually flow in the third direction as shown by the arrow in the through hole in FIG. 18(b).
  • a flow path is formed through which the refrigerant flows.
  • the fourth through holes 821b1 and 821b2 have a rectangular shape, and the length in the third direction is longer than the length in the third direction of the second through hole 811b, and the length in the second direction is longer than that of the second through hole 811b. It is shorter than the length in the second direction.
  • the fourth through holes 821b1 and 821b2 are spaced apart in the second direction, and are arranged separately in the windward region 1a and the leeward region 1b.
  • the fourth through hole 821b1 in the windward region 1a (hereinafter referred to as the fourth through hole 821b1 on the windward side) and the fourth through hole 821b2 in the leeward region 1b (hereinafter referred to as the fourth through hole 821b2 on the leeward side) are arranged in the third direction. (vertical direction) positions are different.
  • the fourth through-hole 821b1 on the windward side is arranged below the fourth through-hole 821b2 on the leeward side, and the fourth through-hole 821b2 on the leeward side is arranged above the fourth through-hole 821b1 on the windward side.
  • the position of the windward side fourth through hole 821b1 in the third direction is the same as the position of the leeward side third through hole 821a2.
  • the position of the leeward side fourth through hole 821b2 in the third direction is the same as the position of the windward side third through hole 821a1.
  • the windward side fourth through hole 821b1 and the leeward side fourth through hole 821b2 move toward each other in the third direction as shown by the arrows in the through holes in FIG. 18(b).
  • a flow path is formed through which the refrigerant flows.
  • the third plate member 830 has a fifth through hole 831a and a sixth through hole 831b formed to extend in the second direction.
  • the fifth through hole 831a and the sixth through hole 831b penetrate the third plate member 830 in the thickness direction of the third plate member 830.
  • the fifth through hole 831a and the sixth through hole 831b have a flat opening shape.
  • the fifth through hole 831a and the sixth through hole 831b are formed to extend in the second direction.
  • the fifth through hole 831a and the sixth through hole 831b are spaced apart in the third direction, with the fifth through hole 831a being formed on the upper side and the sixth through hole 831b being formed on the lower side.
  • the fifth through hole 831a communicates with the windward side third through hole 821a1 and the leeward side fourth through hole 821b2. Specifically, when the fifth through hole 831a is viewed in the first direction, both ends of the fifth through hole 831a in the second direction are connected to the third through hole 821a1 on the windward side and the fourth through hole 821a1 on the leeward side of the second plate member 820. It is formed to extend in two directions so as to overlap the through hole 821b2. Further, the fifth through hole 831a is arranged so as to overlap the upper region of the upper and lower regions of the windward third through hole 821a1 and the leeward fourth through hole 821b2 at the center in the third direction.
  • the sixth through hole 831b communicates with the third through hole 821a2 on the leeward side and the fourth through hole 821b1 on the windward side. Specifically, when the sixth through hole 831b is viewed in the first direction, both ends of the sixth through hole 831b in the third direction are connected to the third through hole 821a2 on the leeward side and the fourth through hole on the windward side of the second plate member 820. It is formed to extend in the second direction so as to overlap the through hole 821b1. Further, the sixth through hole 831b is arranged so as to overlap the lower region of the leeward third through hole 821a2 and the windward fourth through hole 821b1, which are divided into two vertically at the center in the third direction. ing.
  • the fifth through hole 831a and the sixth through hole 831b provide a flow path for the refrigerant to flow from the windward side to the leeward side, as shown by the arrows in the through holes in FIG. 18(c). forming a road.
  • the fourth plate member 840 is a plate member in which no through hole is formed.
  • the first through hole 811a is connected to the windward side third through hole 821a1 in the windward region 1a. It overlaps and communicates with the lower area. Further, the first through hole 811a overlaps and communicates with the upper region of the leeward third through hole 821a2 in the leeward region 1b. In the component area surrounded by dotted lines in FIG. 18, dots indicate portions where through holes adjacent to each other in the first direction overlap and communicate with each other.
  • the second through-hole 811b overlaps and communicates with the upper region of the fourth windward-side through-hole 821b1 in the windward region 1a. Further, the second through hole 811b overlaps and communicates with the lower region of the fourth leeward through hole 821b2 in the leeward region 1b.
  • the third through hole 821a1 on the windward side of the second plate member 820 and the fourth through hole on the leeward side communicates with the fifth through hole 831a of the third plate member 830.
  • the upper region of the windward-side third through-hole 821a1 and the leeward-side fourth through-hole 821b2 divided vertically at the center in the third direction communicates with the fifth through-hole 831a.
  • the third through hole 821a2 on the leeward side and the fourth through hole 821b1 on the windward side of the second plate member 820 communicate with the sixth through hole 831b of the third plate member 830.
  • the lower region of the third leeward through-hole 821a2 and the fourth windward through-hole 821b1 divided vertically at the center in the third direction communicates with the sixth through-hole 831b.
  • each through hole of the second plate member 820 forms a flow path through which the refrigerant flows, as shown by the arrow in FIG. 18(b).
  • the third through holes 821a1 and 821a2 form a flow path through which the refrigerant flows in a direction away from each other in the third direction.
  • the fourth through holes 821b1 and 821b2 form a flow path through which the refrigerant flows in directions approaching each other in the third direction. The flow of refrigerant will be explained again.
  • the fifth through hole 831a and the sixth through hole 831b move from the windward side to the leeward side as shown by the arrow in FIG. 18(c). It forms a flow path through which the refrigerant flows. The flow of refrigerant will be explained again.
  • a through hole is formed in each plate member. partially communicate with each other to form a first flow path 800A and a second flow path 800B.
  • the first flow path 800A is formed by the first through hole 511, the third windward through hole 821a1, the fifth through hole 831a, the fourth through hole 821b2 on the leeward side, and the second through hole 811b.
  • the second flow path 800B is formed by the first through hole 511, the third through hole 821a2 on the leeward side, the sixth through hole 831b, the fourth through hole 821b1 on the windward side, and the second through hole 811b.
  • FIG. 19 is an explanatory diagram of the flow of refrigerant in the first channel of the distributor of the heat exchanger according to the fourth embodiment.
  • the dotted arrow indicates the refrigerant flowing through the first flow path 800A, and indicates a refrigerant with a high degree of dryness.
  • a solid arrow indicates a refrigerant flowing through the second flow path 800B, and indicates a refrigerant with a low degree of dryness.
  • the dotted line arrows and solid line arrows in FIG. 19 correspond to the dotted line arrows and solid line arrows in FIG. 18.
  • the refrigerant having a high degree of dryness flowing out from the windward side refrigerant passage 15a of the first flat tube 10a is transferred to the lower side of the windward side third through hole 821a1 via the windward region 1a of the first through hole 811a, as shown by the dotted line arrow. flow into the area.
  • the refrigerant that has flowed into the lower region of the third through hole 821a1 on the windward side moves upward within the third through hole 821a1 on the windward side, flows out from the third through hole 821a1 on the windward side, and flows into the fifth through hole 831a. do.
  • the highly dry refrigerant that has flowed into the fifth through hole 831a turns around and flows into the leeward fourth through hole 821b2.
  • the highly dry refrigerant that has flowed into the fifth through hole 831a moves from the windward side to the leeward side in the fifth through hole 831a extending in the second direction, and then flows into the upper region of the leeward fourth through hole 821b2. Inflow.
  • the highly dry refrigerant that has flowed into the upper region of the fourth leeward through-hole 821b2 moves downward within the fourth leeward through-hole 821b2, and then flows out from the fourth leeward through-hole 821b2.
  • the refrigerant having a high degree of dryness flowing out from the fourth leeward through hole 821b2 passes through the leeward region 1b of the second through hole 811b and flows into the leeward refrigerant passage 15b of the second flat tube 10b.
  • the distributor 80 causes the refrigerant having a high degree of dryness flowing out from the windward region 1a of the first flat tube 10a to flow into the leeward side refrigerant passage 15b of the second flat tube 10b having a small heat flux.
  • the refrigerant with low dryness flowing out from the leeward refrigerant passage 15b of the first flat tube 10a passes through the leeward region 1b of the first through hole 811a to the upper region of the leeward third through hole 821a2, as shown by the solid arrow. Inflow.
  • the refrigerant that has flowed into the upper region of the third leeward through-hole 821a2 moves downward within the third leeward through-hole 821a2, and then flows out of the third leeward through-hole 821a2 and flows into the sixth through-hole 831b. .
  • the refrigerant with low dryness that has flowed into the sixth through hole 831b turns around and flows into the fourth through hole 821b1 on the windward side.
  • the refrigerant with low dryness that has flowed into the sixth through hole 831b moves from the windward side to the leeward side in the sixth through hole 831b extending in the second direction, and then moves to the lower area of the windward side fourth through hole 821b1. flows into.
  • the refrigerant with low dryness that has flowed into the lower region of the fourth windward through-hole 821b1 moves upward in the fourth windward through-hole 821b1, and then flows out from the fourth windward through-hole 821b1.
  • the refrigerant with low dryness that has flowed out of the fourth windward through hole 821b1 passes through the windward region 1a of the second through hole 811b and flows into the windward refrigerant passage 15a of the second flat tube 10b.
  • the distributor 80 guides the highly dry refrigerant flowing out from the windward refrigerant passage 15a of the first flat tube 10a to the leeward refrigerant passage 15b of the second flat tube 10b. Moreover, the distributor 80 guides the refrigerant having a low degree of dryness flowing out from the leeward side refrigerant passage 15b of the first flat tube 10a to the windward side refrigerant passage 15a of the second flat tube 10b.
  • the distributor 80 determines the dryness of the refrigerant flowing out from the windward region 1a of the outlet of the refrigerant flow path and the refrigerant flow at the refrigerant flow path outlet (second through hole 811b) formed in the distributor 80.
  • the dryness of the refrigerant flowing out from the leeward region 1b at the outlet of the refrigerant flow path is defined as the degree of dryness of the refrigerant in the windward region 1a and the leeward region 1b when it flows in from the entrance of the refrigerant flow path (first through hole 811a). It flows out in the opposite direction.
  • the heat exchanger of the fourth embodiment includes the distributor 80 having the above configuration, the heat exchange in the second heat exchange section 70 which is downstream of the distributor 80 is more efficient than when the distributor 80 is not used. can be done efficiently. Therefore, the heat exchanger of Embodiment 4 can improve heat exchanger performance.
  • the heat exchanger functions as an evaporator
  • it may also be used to function as a condenser of a refrigeration cycle device.
  • the direction in which the refrigerant flows is opposite to that described above.
  • the heat exchanger functions as a condenser of the refrigeration cycle device
  • the refrigerant flows in the opposite direction to the above, and the distributor 80 has the windward side refrigerant passage 15a of the first flat tube 10a downstream of the distributor 80.
  • a refrigerant with a high degree of dryness is introduced into the refrigerant, and a refrigerant with a low degree of dryness is introduced into the leeward side refrigerant passage 15b of the first flat tube 10a.
  • the heat exchanger of Embodiment 4 has a plurality of rows of first heat exchange parts 60 and second heat exchange parts 70 in the second direction.
  • the distributor 80 is connected to one end of the first flat tube 10a and the second flat tube 10b on the same side in the first direction.
  • the distributor 80 allows the refrigerant that has flowed from the other end of the first flat tube 10a in the first direction to flow through the first flat tube 10a toward one end in the first direction, passes through the distributor 80, and then flows through the first flat tube 10a toward one end in the first direction. It has a flow path that flows into the two flat tubes 10b from one end in the first direction and flows toward the other end in the first direction.
  • the refrigerant flow path of the distributor 80 is a first flow path in which the refrigerant flowing out from one end of the first flat tube 10a flows in a first direction and then turns back in the opposite direction toward one end of the second flat tube 10b.
  • 800A and a second flow path 800B are a flow path that causes the refrigerant flowing out from the windward refrigerant passage 15a of the first flat tube 10a to flow into the leeward refrigerant passage 15b of the second flat tube 10b.
  • the second flow path 800B is a flow path that causes the refrigerant flowing out from the leeward refrigerant passage 15b of the first flat tube 10a to flow into the upwind refrigerant passage 15a of the second flat tube 10b.
  • the heat exchanger of Embodiment 4 can improve the heat transfer coefficient in the downstream part from the distributor 80, and as a result, the heat exchange efficiency of the heat exchanger as a whole can be improved.
  • FIG. 15 shows an example in which the heat exchanger has a substantially I-shape as a whole, it may be configured as shown in FIG. 20 below.
  • FIG. 20 is a diagram showing a modification of the heat exchanger according to the fourth embodiment.
  • the heat exchanger may have a substantially L-shape as a whole, with a part of the heat exchanger bent.
  • the heat exchanger has one set of the first heat exchange section 60 and the second heat exchange section 70, but as shown in FIG. It is also possible to have a configuration in which two sets of two heat exchange units 70 are provided and arranged one above the other, and a distributor 80 is commonly connected to these two sets.
  • Embodiment 5 relates to a refrigeration cycle device such as an air conditioner in which the heat exchangers of Embodiments 1 to 4 are mounted.
  • FIG. 21 is a refrigerant circuit diagram showing a schematic configuration of a refrigeration cycle device according to Embodiment 5.
  • the refrigeration cycle device 200 includes a compressor 100, a suction muffler 101, a four-way switching valve 102, an outdoor heat exchanger 103, a pressure reducer 104 such as an electric expansion valve, and an indoor heat exchanger 105. It has a refrigerant circuit connected to the The outdoor heat exchanger 103 and the indoor heat exchanger 105 function as a condenser or an evaporator by switching the four-way switching valve 102. In the refrigeration cycle device 200, the four-way switching valve 102 can be omitted.
  • the refrigeration cycle device 200 may be configured to include the compressor 100, a condenser, a pressure reducer, and an evaporator.
  • the indoor heat exchanger 105 is installed in an indoor device, and the remaining compressor 100, four-way switching valve 102, outdoor heat exchanger 103, and pressure reducer 104 are installed in an outdoor device.
  • the compressor 100 sucks refrigerant and compresses the refrigerant to a high temperature and high pressure state.
  • the compressor 100 is a positive displacement compressor whose operating frequency can be varied. Note that the compressor 100 is not limited to one that is driven with a variable operating frequency, but may be one that is driven at a constant speed.
  • the four-way switching valve 102 is connected to the discharge side of the compressor 100 and switches the flow of refrigerant from the compressor 100.
  • the outdoor heat exchanger 103 is a heat exchanger equipped with any one of the distributors 40, 50, and 80.
  • the pressure reducer 104 expands the refrigerant.
  • the pressure reducer 104 is formed of, for example, an electronic expansion valve or a temperature-type expansion valve whose opening degree can be adjusted, but may also be formed of a capillary tube or the like whose opening degree cannot be adjusted.
  • the indoor heat exchanger 105 is a heat exchanger equipped with any one of the distributors 40, 50, and 80.
  • the four-way switching valve 102 In heating operation when the refrigeration cycle device 200 is applied to an air conditioner, the four-way switching valve 102 is connected to the solid line side in FIG. 21.
  • the high-temperature, high-pressure refrigerant compressed by the compressor 100 flows into the indoor heat exchanger 105, where it is condensed and liquefied.
  • the liquefied refrigerant is depressurized by the pressure reducer 104 and becomes a low-temperature, low-pressure two-phase state, flows to the outdoor heat exchanger 103, evaporates, gasifies, and returns to the compressor 100 through the four-way switching valve 102. That is, the refrigerant circulates as shown by the solid line arrows in FIG.
  • the refrigerant exchanges heat with outside air and absorbs heat in the outdoor heat exchanger 103, which is an evaporator.
  • the refrigerant that has absorbed heat is sent to the indoor heat exchanger 105, which is a condenser, and exchanges heat with indoor air to warm the indoor air.
  • the four-way switching valve 102 is connected to the dashed line side in FIG. 21.
  • the indoor heat exchanger 105 changes from a condenser to an evaporator
  • the outdoor heat exchanger 103 changes from an evaporator to a condenser.
  • the high-temperature, high-pressure refrigerant compressed by the compressor 100 flows into the outdoor heat exchanger 103, where it is condensed and liquefied.
  • the liquefied refrigerant is depressurized by the pressure reducer 104 and becomes a two-phase state of low temperature and low pressure.
  • the low-temperature, low-pressure two-phase refrigerant flows to the indoor heat exchanger 105, evaporates and gasifies, and returns to the compressor 100 again through the four-way switching valve 102. That is, the refrigerant circulates as shown by the broken line arrows in FIG. Through this circulation, the refrigerant exchanges heat with indoor air and absorbs heat in the indoor heat exchanger 105, which is an evaporator, thereby cooling the indoor air.
  • the refrigerant that has absorbed heat is sent to the outdoor heat exchanger 103, which is a condenser, exchanges heat with the outside air, and radiates heat to the outside air.
  • the refrigerant used is R407C refrigerant, R410A refrigerant, or R32 refrigerant.
  • the refrigeration cycle apparatus 200 having the above configuration can improve the operating efficiency of the refrigeration cycle apparatus 200 by including the heat exchanger of any one of Embodiments 1 to 4. Therefore, the refrigeration cycle device 200 can reduce the power consumption of the refrigeration cycle device.
  • refrigeration cycle device 200 can be applied to systems other than air conditioners, and can be applied to refrigeration cycle devices used for refrigerators, freezers, vending machines, refrigeration equipment, water heaters, and the like.
  • 1 heat exchanger 1a windward region, 1b leeward region, 10 flat tube, 10a first flat tube, 10b second flat tube, 11 first side end, 12 second side end, 13 flat surface, 14 flat surface, 15 refrigerant passage, 15a windward refrigerant passage, 15b leeward refrigerant passage, 20 header, 20a inlet, 20b outlet, 30 fin, 40 distributor, 40a confluence section, 40b gas-liquid separation section, 50 distributor, 60 First heat exchange section, 70 Second heat exchange section, 80 Distributor, 100 Compressor, 101 Suction muffler, 102 Four-way switching valve, 103 Outdoor heat exchanger, 104 Pressure reducer, 105 Indoor heat exchanger, 200 Refrigeration cycle device, 400 Plate member for tube insertion, 400A Refrigerant channel, 401 Insertion hole, 410 First plate member, 411 Through hole, 420 Second plate member, 421 Through hole, 430 Third plate member, 431 Through hole, 440 Fourth plate member, 441 Through hole, 450 Fifth plate member,

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Thermal Sciences (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Geometry (AREA)
  • Heat-Exchange Devices With Radiators And Conduit Assemblies (AREA)

Abstract

This heat exchanger comprises a flat tube which has a plurality of refrigerant passages formed as through-holes and which extends in a first direction. The heat exchanger exchanges heat between a refrigerant flowing through the refrigerant passages of the flat tube and air flowing in a second direction which is orthogonal to the first direction and in which the refrigerant passages are arranged in parallel. The heat exchanger comprises a distributor installed midway of the refrigerant passages of the flat tube. The distributor has a refrigerant flow path formed as a through-hole. Through the refrigerant flow path, the refrigerant is caused to flow out such that the levels of the dryness of the refrigerant flowing out from an upstream region in an outlet of the refrigerant flow path and the dryness of the refrigerant flowing out from a downstream region in the outlet of the refrigerant flow path are reversed from the levels of the dryness of the refrigerant, in the upstream and downstream regions, having entered through an inlet of the refrigerant flow path.

Description

熱交換器及び冷凍サイクル装置Heat exchanger and refrigeration cycle equipment
 本開示は、扁平管を備えた熱交換器及び冷凍サイクル装置に関するものである。 The present disclosure relates to a heat exchanger and a refrigeration cycle device equipped with flat tubes.
 従来、互いに間隔をおいて対向する一対のヘッダと、一対のヘッダ間に連通され、複数の冷媒通路が並設された複数の扁平管とを備えた熱交換器がある。この種の熱交換器において、扁平管の中間位置に、少なくとも1つの扁平管の冷媒通路の全部と連通する合流空間を有する混合部を備えた熱交換器がある(例えば、特許文献1参照)。 Conventionally, there is a heat exchanger that includes a pair of headers that face each other at a distance, and a plurality of flat tubes that communicate between the pair of headers and have a plurality of refrigerant passages arranged in parallel. In this type of heat exchanger, there is a heat exchanger equipped with a mixing part having a confluence space that communicates with all of the refrigerant passages of at least one flat tube at an intermediate position of the flat tubes (for example, see Patent Document 1) .
 ここで、扁平管は、その構造上、複数の冷媒通路のうち並設方向の両端の冷媒通路は、他の冷媒通路に比べて伝熱面積の分担範囲が広くなる。このため、扁平管は、扁平管全体でみたときに熱伝達率の不均一が生じ、ひいては熱交換効率が低下する。 Here, due to the structure of the flat tube, among the plurality of refrigerant passages, the refrigerant passages at both ends in the juxtaposed direction have a wider range of heat transfer area than the other refrigerant passages. For this reason, when the flat tube is viewed as a whole, the heat transfer coefficient becomes non-uniform, and the heat exchange efficiency decreases.
 特許文献1の熱交換器において、扁平管は、混合部よりも冷媒上流側の扁平管と、混合部よりも冷媒下流側の扁平管と、に分けられている。そして、特許文献1の熱交換器は、冷媒上流側の扁平管の各冷媒通路を通過した各冷媒を混合部で一旦合流させた後、再び複数に分配して冷媒下流側の扁平管の各冷媒通路に通過させるようにしている。このように、特許文献1の熱交換器は、冷媒上流側の扁平管の各冷媒通路を通過した各冷媒を混合部で一旦混合させることで、各冷媒通路が分担する伝熱面積の相違による伝達率の不均一の解消を図っていた。 In the heat exchanger of Patent Document 1, the flat tubes are divided into flat tubes on the upstream side of the refrigerant from the mixing section and flat tubes on the downstream side of the refrigerant from the mixing section. In the heat exchanger of Patent Document 1, the refrigerants that have passed through the refrigerant passages of the flat tubes on the upstream side of the refrigerant are once merged in the mixing section, and then distributed again into a plurality of refrigerants to each of the flat tubes on the downstream side of the refrigerant. It is made to pass through the refrigerant passage. In this way, the heat exchanger of Patent Document 1 temporarily mixes the refrigerants that have passed through the refrigerant passages of the flat tube on the upstream side of the refrigerant in the mixing section, thereby reducing the heat transfer area due to the difference in heat transfer area shared by each refrigerant passage. The aim was to eliminate uneven transmission rates.
特開平09-113154号公報Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 09-113154
 ところで、熱交換器において、扁平管は複数の冷媒通路が空気の流れ方向に並ぶ向きで配置される。このため、熱交換器が蒸発器として機能する場合、扁平管の複数の冷媒通路のうち風上側の冷媒通路を流れる冷媒は、風下側の冷媒通路を流れる冷媒よりも優先的に蒸発して乾き度が上昇する。冷媒は、乾き度が上昇するに連れて熱伝達率が低下する。このため、扁平管では、扁平管の一端から他端に至る冷媒流路の後流において風上側の冷媒通路と風下側の冷媒通路とで、冷媒の乾き度にバラツキが生じる。扁平管内でこのような冷媒の乾き度にバラツキが生じると、結果的に扁平管全体としての熱伝達率が低下し、熱交換器全体の熱交換効率が低下する。 By the way, in a heat exchanger, the flat tubes are arranged in such a direction that a plurality of refrigerant passages are lined up in the air flow direction. Therefore, when the heat exchanger functions as an evaporator, the refrigerant flowing through the upwind refrigerant passage among the multiple refrigerant passages in the flat tube evaporates and dries out more preferentially than the refrigerant flowing through the leeward refrigerant passage. degree increases. The heat transfer coefficient of a refrigerant decreases as the degree of dryness increases. For this reason, in the flat tube, variations occur in the degree of dryness of the refrigerant between the windward side refrigerant passage and the leeward side refrigerant passage in the wake of the refrigerant flow path from one end of the flat tube to the other end. When such variations in dryness of the refrigerant occur within the flat tube, the heat transfer coefficient of the flat tube as a whole decreases, and the heat exchange efficiency of the entire heat exchanger decreases.
 特許文献1の熱交換器は、混合部よりも冷媒上流側の扁平管の各冷媒通路を流れた各冷媒が、一旦、混合部により混合することで乾き度の不均一を解消でき、熱伝達率の不均一を解消できる。しかし、特許文献1の熱交換器は、混合部よりも冷媒下流側の扁平管において、再び風上側の冷媒通路を流れる冷媒の蒸発が風下側よりも優先的になることで、扁平管全体としての熱伝達率が低下するため、改善の余地があった。 In the heat exchanger of Patent Document 1, the refrigerants flowing through the refrigerant passages of the flat tubes on the upstream side of the refrigerant are mixed in the mixing part, thereby eliminating uneven dryness and improving heat transfer. It is possible to eliminate uneven rates. However, in the heat exchanger of Patent Document 1, in the flat tube on the downstream side of the refrigerant from the mixing section, the evaporation of the refrigerant flowing through the refrigerant passage on the windward side becomes preferential to that on the leeward side, so that the flat tube as a whole There was room for improvement as the heat transfer coefficient of
 本開示は上記した問題点を解決するためになされたものであり、扁平管の熱伝達率を向上して熱交換器全体としての熱交換効率を向上できる熱交換器及び冷凍サイクル装置を提供することを目的とする。 The present disclosure has been made to solve the above-mentioned problems, and provides a heat exchanger and a refrigeration cycle device that can improve the heat transfer coefficient of the flat tubes and improve the heat exchange efficiency of the heat exchanger as a whole. The purpose is to
 本開示に係る熱交換器は、貫通孔で形成された複数の冷媒通路を有し、第1方向に延伸する扁平管を備え、扁平管の複数の冷媒通路を流れる冷媒と、第1方向に直交する方向であって複数の冷媒通路が並列する第2方向に流れる空気と、の熱交換を行う熱交換器であって、扁平管の複数の冷媒通路の途中に設けられた分配器を備え、分配器は、貫通孔で形成された冷媒流路を有し、冷媒流路は、冷媒流路の出口の風上領域から流出する冷媒の乾き度と、冷媒流路の出口の風下領域から流出する冷媒の乾き度とを、冷媒流路の入口から流入したときの風上領域と風下領域とにおける冷媒の乾き度の大小とは逆にして流出させるものである。 A heat exchanger according to the present disclosure includes a flat tube having a plurality of refrigerant passages formed with through holes and extending in a first direction, and a refrigerant flowing through the plurality of refrigerant passages of the flat tube and a flat tube extending in a first direction. A heat exchanger that exchanges heat with air flowing in a second direction that is orthogonal to each other and in which a plurality of refrigerant passages are arranged in parallel, the heat exchanger comprising a distributor provided in the middle of the plurality of refrigerant passages of flat tubes. , the distributor has a refrigerant flow path formed with a through hole, and the refrigerant flow path has a dryness of the refrigerant flowing out from an upwind region of the outlet of the refrigerant flow path and a leeward region of the exit of the refrigerant flow path. The degree of dryness of the refrigerant flowing out is opposite to the degree of dryness of the refrigerant in the windward region and the leeward region when it flows in from the entrance of the refrigerant flow path.
 本開示に係る冷凍サイクル装置は、上記の熱交換器を備えたものである。 A refrigeration cycle device according to the present disclosure includes the above heat exchanger.
 本開示に係る熱交換器は、扁平管の複数の冷媒通路の途中に設けた分配器が以下の冷媒流路を有する。冷媒流路は、冷媒流路の出口の風上領域から流出する冷媒の乾き度と、冷媒流路の出口の風下領域から流出する冷媒の乾き度とを、冷媒流路の入口から流入したときの風上領域と風下領域とにおける冷媒の乾き度の大小とは逆にして流出させる。このため、熱交換器は、分配器の下流における扁平管の熱伝達率を向上でき、熱交換器全体としての熱交換効率を向上できる。 In the heat exchanger according to the present disclosure, the distributor provided in the middle of the plurality of refrigerant passages of the flat tube has the following refrigerant flow path. The refrigerant flow path determines the dryness of the refrigerant flowing out from the upwind region of the outlet of the refrigerant flow path and the dryness of the refrigerant flowing out from the leeward region of the exit of the refrigerant flow path when it flows in from the inlet of the refrigerant flow path. The dryness of the refrigerant in the upwind region and the leeward region of the refrigerant is reversed. Therefore, the heat exchanger can improve the heat transfer coefficient of the flat tube downstream of the distributor, and can improve the heat exchange efficiency of the heat exchanger as a whole.
実施の形態1に係る熱交換器の概略正面図である。1 is a schematic front view of a heat exchanger according to Embodiment 1. FIG. 実施の形態1に係る熱交換器の扁平管の構成を示す断面図である。FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional view showing the configuration of flat tubes of the heat exchanger according to the first embodiment. 扁平管の各冷媒通路の熱流束の説明図である。It is an explanatory view of heat flux of each refrigerant passage of a flat tube. 乾き度と熱伝達率との関係を示す図である。It is a figure showing the relationship between dryness and heat transfer coefficient. 実施の形態1に係る熱交換器の分配器の分解斜視図である。FIG. 2 is an exploded perspective view of the distributor of the heat exchanger according to the first embodiment. 実施の形態1に係る熱交換器の流入口から流出口に至るまでの冷媒の乾き度の変化を示す図である。FIG. 3 is a diagram showing a change in the dryness of the refrigerant from the inlet to the outlet of the heat exchanger according to the first embodiment. 比較例として、分配器を用いない熱交換器における流入口から流出口に至るまでの冷媒の乾き度の変化を示す図である。As a comparative example, it is a diagram showing a change in the dryness of refrigerant from an inlet to an outlet in a heat exchanger that does not use a distributor. 実施の形態2に係る熱交換器の概略正面図である。FIG. 3 is a schematic front view of a heat exchanger according to a second embodiment. 実施の形態2に係る熱交換器の分配器の分解斜視図である。FIG. 2 is an exploded perspective view of a distributor of a heat exchanger according to a second embodiment. 実施の形態2に係る熱交換器の分配器を構成する各板状部材の平面図である。FIG. 7 is a plan view of each plate-like member that constitutes the distributor of the heat exchanger according to Embodiment 2; 実施の形態2に係る熱交換器の分配器を構成する複数の板状部材のうち、隣り合う2枚の板状部材を重ねた状態を示す図である。FIG. 7 is a diagram illustrating a state in which two adjacent plate members are overlapped among a plurality of plate members constituting the distributor of the heat exchanger according to the second embodiment. 実施の形態2に係る熱交換器の分配器の一流路の冷媒の流れの説明図である。FIG. 7 is an explanatory diagram of the flow of refrigerant in the first channel of the distributor of the heat exchanger according to the second embodiment. 実施の形態2に係る熱交換器の流入口から流出口に至るまでの冷媒の乾き度の変化を示す図である。FIG. 7 is a diagram showing a change in the dryness of the refrigerant from the inlet to the outlet of the heat exchanger according to the second embodiment. 実施の形態3に係る熱交換器の分配器を構成する各板状部材の平面図である。FIG. 7 is a plan view of each plate-like member that constitutes a distributor of a heat exchanger according to Embodiment 3; 実施の形態4に係る熱交換器の概略斜視図である。FIG. 7 is a schematic perspective view of a heat exchanger according to Embodiment 4. 実施の形態4に係る熱交換器の分配器の分解斜視図である。FIG. 7 is an exploded perspective view of a distributor of a heat exchanger according to a fourth embodiment. 実施の形態4に係る熱交換器の分配器を構成する各板状部材の平面図である。FIG. 7 is a plan view of each plate-like member that constitutes a distributor of a heat exchanger according to Embodiment 4; 実施の形態4に係る熱交換器の分配器を構成する複数の板状部材のうち、隣り合う2枚の板状部材を重ねた状態を示す図である。FIG. 7 is a diagram showing a state in which two adjacent plate members are stacked on top of each other among a plurality of plate members configuring the distributor of the heat exchanger according to the fourth embodiment. 実施の形態4に係る熱交換器の分配器の一流路の冷媒の流れの説明図である。FIG. 7 is an explanatory diagram of the flow of refrigerant in the first channel of the distributor of the heat exchanger according to Embodiment 4; 実施の形態4に係る熱交換器の変形例を示す図である。FIG. 7 is a diagram showing a modification of the heat exchanger according to Embodiment 4. 実施の形態5に係る冷凍サイクル装置の概略構成を示す冷媒回路図である。FIG. 3 is a refrigerant circuit diagram showing a schematic configuration of a refrigeration cycle device according to a fifth embodiment.
 以下、実施の形態を図面に基づいて説明する。なお、以下に説明する実施の形態により本開示が限定されるものではない。また、図1を含む以下の図面では、各構成部材の相対的な寸法の関係及び形状等が実際のものとは異なる場合がある。また、以下の図面において、同一の符号を付したものは、同一又はこれに相当するものであり、このことは明細書の全文において共通することとする。なお、以下の説明で用いる、上、下、右、左、といった用語は、熱交換器を前面側から見た場合の方向を意味している。これら方向に係る用語は、説明の便宜上、そのように記載しているだけであって、装置あるいは部品の配置及び向きを限定するものではない。 Hereinafter, embodiments will be described based on the drawings. Note that the present disclosure is not limited to the embodiments described below. Further, in the following drawings including FIG. 1, the relative dimensional relationships, shapes, etc. of each component may differ from the actual ones. In addition, in the following drawings, parts with the same reference numerals are the same or equivalent, and this is common throughout the entire specification. Note that terms such as top, bottom, right, and left used in the following description refer to directions when the heat exchanger is viewed from the front side. Terms related to these directions are only described as such for convenience of explanation, and do not limit the arrangement or orientation of the device or parts.
実施の形態1.
 実施の形態1に係る熱交換器について説明する。図1は、実施の形態1に係る熱交換器の概略正面図である。図1の上下方向は、重力方向を表している。実施の形態1に係る熱交換器は、空気と冷媒との熱交換を行う空気熱交換器であり、少なくとも冷凍サイクル装置の蒸発器として機能する。明細書中において、各構成部材同士の位置関係、各構成部材の延伸方向、及び各構成部材の並列方向は、原則として、熱交換器が使用可能な状態に設置されたときのものである。
Embodiment 1.
A heat exchanger according to Embodiment 1 will be described. FIG. 1 is a schematic front view of a heat exchanger according to a first embodiment. The vertical direction in FIG. 1 represents the direction of gravity. The heat exchanger according to Embodiment 1 is an air heat exchanger that exchanges heat between air and refrigerant, and functions at least as an evaporator of a refrigeration cycle device. In the specification, the positional relationship between each component, the extending direction of each component, and the parallel direction of each component are, in principle, when the heat exchanger is installed in a usable state.
 図1に示すように、熱交換器は、間隔をおいて配列され、冷媒を流通させる複数の扁平管10と、複数の扁平管10の延伸方向の両端に配置された一対のヘッダ20と、複数の扁平管10の延伸方向に間隔をおいて配列された複数のフィン30と、を有する。熱交換器は更に、複数の扁平管10の延伸方向の中心部に配置された分配器40を有する。複数の扁平管10のそれぞれは、水平方向に延伸している。複数の扁平管10は、互いに上下方向に間隔をおいて並列している。 As shown in FIG. 1, the heat exchanger includes a plurality of flat tubes 10 arranged at intervals and through which refrigerant flows, and a pair of headers 20 arranged at both ends of the plurality of flat tubes 10 in the extending direction. It has a plurality of fins 30 arranged at intervals in the extending direction of the plurality of flat tubes 10. The heat exchanger further includes a distributor 40 arranged at the center of the plurality of flat tubes 10 in the extending direction. Each of the plurality of flat tubes 10 extends in the horizontal direction. The plurality of flat tubes 10 are arranged in parallel at intervals in the vertical direction.
 一対のヘッダ20及び分配器40は、複数の扁平管10の並列方向に沿って上下方向に延伸している。以下、扁平管10の延伸方向を第1方向、第1方向に直交する方向であって扁平管10の後述の冷媒通路15(後述の図2参照)が並列する方向を第2方向、第1方向及び第2方向に直交する方向であって、扁平管10の並列方向を第3方向という。実施の形態1において、第1方向は左右方向、第2方向は奥行き方向、第3方向は上下方向である。第2方向は空気の通過方向でもある。 The pair of headers 20 and distributor 40 extend in the vertical direction along the parallel direction of the plurality of flat tubes 10. Hereinafter, the stretching direction of the flat tube 10 will be referred to as a first direction, and the direction perpendicular to the first direction in which refrigerant passages 15 (described later in FIG. 2) of the flat tube 10 are parallel will be referred to as a second direction. The direction perpendicular to the second direction and the parallel direction of the flat tubes 10 is referred to as a third direction. In the first embodiment, the first direction is the left-right direction, the second direction is the depth direction, and the third direction is the up-down direction. The second direction is also the direction of air passage.
 複数の扁平管10のそれぞれは、分配器40に対して冷媒上流側の扁平管10a(以下、第1扁平管10aという)と、冷媒下流側の扁平管10b(以下、第2扁平管10bという)と、を有している。第1扁平管10aと第2扁平管10bとは同一形状である。複数の第1扁平管10aの左端は一対のヘッダ20の一方に接続され、複数の第1扁平管10aの右端は分配器40に接続されている。複数の第2扁平管10bの左端は分配器40に接続され、複数の第2扁平管10bの右端は一対のヘッダ20の他方に接続されている。一方のヘッダ20の下部には、冷媒の流入口20aが設けられており、他方のヘッダ20の上部には冷媒の流出口20bが設けられている。 Each of the plurality of flat tubes 10 includes a flat tube 10a on the upstream side of the refrigerant (hereinafter referred to as the first flat tube 10a) and a flat tube 10b on the downstream side of the refrigerant (hereinafter referred to as the second flat tube 10b). ) and has. The first flat tube 10a and the second flat tube 10b have the same shape. The left ends of the plurality of first flat tubes 10a are connected to one of the pair of headers 20, and the right ends of the plurality of first flat tubes 10a are connected to the distributor 40. The left ends of the plurality of second flat tubes 10b are connected to the distributor 40, and the right ends of the plurality of second flat tubes 10b are connected to the other of the pair of headers 20. A refrigerant inlet 20a is provided in the lower part of one header 20, and a refrigerant outlet 20b is provided in the upper part of the other header 20.
 複数のフィン30は、板状フィンであり、複数の扁平管10の延伸方向に間隔を空けて配列されている。複数のフィン30には、複数の扁平管10が貫通している。フィン30は、板状フィンに限られず、コルゲートフィンとしてもよい。フィン30がコルゲートフィンの場合、フィン30は、隣り合う2つの扁平管10の間に配置される。また、熱交換器は、フィン30を備えていないフィンレス熱交換器であってもよい。 The plurality of fins 30 are plate-shaped fins, and are arranged at intervals in the extending direction of the plurality of flat tubes 10. A plurality of flat tubes 10 penetrate through the plurality of fins 30. The fins 30 are not limited to plate-like fins, and may be corrugated fins. When the fins 30 are corrugated fins, the fins 30 are arranged between two adjacent flat tubes 10. Further, the heat exchanger may be a finless heat exchanger that does not include the fins 30.
 熱交換器が冷凍サイクル装置の蒸発器として機能する場合、図1の矢印に示すように冷媒が流入口20aから一方のヘッダ20に流入する。一方のヘッダ20に流入した冷媒は、複数の第1扁平管10aのそれぞれに分配されて各第1扁平管10aを左端から右端に向かって流れた後、分配器40に流入する。分配器40の詳細については後述するが、分配器40には、複数の扁平管10のそれぞれに対応して、貫通孔で形成された冷媒流路400A(後述の図5参照)が独立して形成されている。このため、各第1扁平管10aを左端から右端に向かって流れた冷媒は、分配器40において他の第1扁平管10aを流れた冷媒と混ざることなく、各第2扁平管10bのそれぞれに流入する。そして、冷媒は、各第2扁平管10bを左端から右端に向かって流れた後、他方のヘッダ20で合流し、流出口20bから流出する。 When the heat exchanger functions as an evaporator of a refrigeration cycle device, refrigerant flows into one header 20 from the inlet 20a as shown by the arrow in FIG. The refrigerant that has flowed into one header 20 is distributed to each of the plurality of first flat tubes 10a, flows through each first flat tube 10a from the left end to the right end, and then flows into the distributor 40. Details of the distributor 40 will be described later, but the distributor 40 has independent refrigerant flow paths 400A (see FIG. 5 described later) formed by through holes corresponding to each of the plurality of flat tubes 10. It is formed. Therefore, the refrigerant flowing through each first flat tube 10a from the left end to the right end flows into each second flat tube 10b without mixing with the refrigerant flowing through other first flat tubes 10a in the distributor 40. Inflow. After the refrigerant flows through each second flat tube 10b from the left end to the right end, the refrigerant joins at the other header 20 and flows out from the outlet 20b.
 図2は、実施の形態1に係る熱交換器の扁平管の構成を示す断面図である。図2では、扁平管10の延伸方向と垂直な断面を示している。図2を含む以下の図面では、空気の流れ方向を白抜き矢印で示している。図2に示すように、扁平管10は、長円形状等の一方向に扁平な断面形状を有している。扁平管10は、第1側端部11及び第2側端部12と一対の平坦面13、14とを有している。図2に示す断面において、第1側端部11は、平坦面13の一方の端部と平坦面14の一方の端部とに接続されている。同断面において、第2側端部12は、平坦面13の他方の端部と平坦面14の他方の端部とに接続されている。 FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional view showing the configuration of the flat tube of the heat exchanger according to the first embodiment. FIG. 2 shows a cross section of the flat tube 10 perpendicular to the stretching direction. In the following drawings, including FIG. 2, the direction of air flow is indicated by white arrows. As shown in FIG. 2, the flat tube 10 has a cross-sectional shape that is flat in one direction, such as an oval shape. The flat tube 10 has a first side end 11, a second side end 12, and a pair of flat surfaces 13 and 14. In the cross section shown in FIG. 2, the first side end 11 is connected to one end of the flat surface 13 and one end of the flat surface 14. In the same cross section, the second side end 12 is connected to the other end of the flat surface 13 and the other end of the flat surface 14.
 第1側端部11は、熱交換器を通過する空気の流れにおいて風上側、すなわち前縁側に配置される側端部である。第2側端部12は、熱交換器を通過する空気の流れにおいて風下側、すなわち後縁側に配置される側端部である。以下、扁平管10の延伸方向と垂直であってかつ平坦面13、14に沿う方向を、扁平管10の長径方向という場合がある。図2では、扁平管10の長径方向は左右方向である。 The first side end portion 11 is a side end portion disposed on the windward side, that is, on the leading edge side in the flow of air passing through the heat exchanger. The second side end portion 12 is a side end portion disposed on the leeward side, that is, on the trailing edge side in the flow of air passing through the heat exchanger. Hereinafter, the direction perpendicular to the extending direction of the flat tube 10 and along the flat surfaces 13 and 14 may be referred to as the longer diameter direction of the flat tube 10. In FIG. 2, the major diameter direction of the flat tube 10 is the left-right direction.
 扁平管10は、長径方向に沿って第1側端部11と第2側端部12との間に配列した複数の冷媒通路15を有している。つまり、扁平管10は、複数の冷媒通路15を有する扁平多孔管である。複数の冷媒通路15のそれぞれは、扁平管10の延伸方向と平行に延びるように形成されている。複数の冷媒通路15のそれぞれは、扁平管10内を延伸方向に延びる貫通孔で形成されている。 The flat tube 10 has a plurality of refrigerant passages 15 arranged between a first side end 11 and a second side end 12 along the major diameter direction. That is, the flat tube 10 is a flat porous tube having a plurality of refrigerant passages 15. Each of the plurality of refrigerant passages 15 is formed to extend parallel to the extending direction of the flat tube 10. Each of the plurality of refrigerant passages 15 is formed as a through hole extending in the extending direction within the flat tube 10.
 扁平管10は、複数の冷媒通路15が空気の流れ方向に並ぶ向きで配置される。このため、複数の冷媒通路15のそれぞれには、次の図3に示すような熱流束の分布が生じる。 The flat tube 10 is arranged in such a way that the plurality of refrigerant passages 15 are lined up in the air flow direction. Therefore, a heat flux distribution as shown in FIG. 3 below occurs in each of the plurality of refrigerant passages 15.
 図3は、扁平管の各冷媒通路の熱流束の説明図である。横軸は第2方向、縦軸は熱流束[W/m]である。扁平管10は、複数の冷媒通路15が空気の流れ方向に並ぶ向きで配置される。このとき、扁平管10での前縁効果と、冷媒と空気との温度差と、の影響により、各冷媒通路15の熱流束に分布が生じる。図3に示すように、各冷媒通路15の熱流束は、風上側から風下側に向かうに連れて低下する分布となる。 FIG. 3 is an explanatory diagram of the heat flux of each refrigerant passage of the flat tube. The horizontal axis is the second direction, and the vertical axis is the heat flux [W/m 2 ]. The flat tube 10 is arranged with a plurality of refrigerant passages 15 aligned in the air flow direction. At this time, the heat flux of each refrigerant passage 15 is distributed due to the leading edge effect in the flat tube 10 and the temperature difference between the refrigerant and the air. As shown in FIG. 3, the heat flux of each refrigerant passage 15 has a distribution that decreases from the windward side toward the leeward side.
 このように扁平管10では熱流束の分布が発生している。このため、熱交換器が蒸発器として機能する場合、風上側は熱流束が大きいことで冷媒の蒸発が進み、風上側の冷媒通路15内の冷媒の乾き度が上昇する。一方、風下側は熱流束が小さいことで風上側よりも冷媒の蒸発が進まず、風下側の冷媒通路15内の冷媒の乾き度は、風上側の冷媒通路15内の冷媒よりも乾き度が低い状態となる。つまり、扁平管10内の各冷媒通路15で乾き度の分布が生じる。なお、乾き度とは、湿り蒸気(液冷媒+ガス冷媒)の質量に対するガス冷媒の質量の割合(比)をいう。 In this way, a heat flux distribution occurs in the flat tube 10. Therefore, when the heat exchanger functions as an evaporator, evaporation of the refrigerant progresses due to the large heat flux on the windward side, and the dryness of the refrigerant in the refrigerant passage 15 on the windward side increases. On the other hand, since the heat flux is smaller on the leeward side, the evaporation of the refrigerant does not progress as much as on the windward side, and the dryness of the refrigerant in the refrigerant passage 15 on the leeward side is lower than that in the refrigerant passage 15 on the windward side. It will be in a low state. In other words, a distribution of dryness occurs in each refrigerant passage 15 within the flat tube 10. Note that dryness refers to the ratio (ratio) of the mass of gas refrigerant to the mass of wet vapor (liquid refrigerant + gas refrigerant).
 図4は、乾き度と熱伝達率との関係を示す図である。横軸は乾き度、縦軸は熱伝達率[W/(m・K)]である。図4に示すように、冷媒の熱伝達率は、乾き度が上昇するに連れて低下する特性を有する。このため、風上側の冷媒通路15を流れる冷媒の熱伝達率が低下しやすく、扁平管10における冷媒の流れの後半部において風上側の冷媒通路15における熱交換効率が低下し、ひいては熱交換器全体の熱交換効率の低下に繋がる。 FIG. 4 is a diagram showing the relationship between dryness and heat transfer coefficient. The horizontal axis is dryness, and the vertical axis is heat transfer coefficient [W/(m·K)]. As shown in FIG. 4, the heat transfer coefficient of the refrigerant has a characteristic that it decreases as the degree of dryness increases. For this reason, the heat transfer coefficient of the refrigerant flowing through the windward side refrigerant passage 15 tends to decrease, and the heat exchange efficiency in the windward side refrigerant passage 15 decreases in the latter half of the flow of the refrigerant in the flat tube 10, and as a result, the heat exchanger This leads to a decrease in the overall heat exchange efficiency.
 そこで、実施の形態1の熱交換器は、扁平管10の複数の冷媒通路15の途中に分配器40を設け、分配器40よりも冷媒下流に位置する第2扁平管10bにおける熱交換効率を改善する。分配器40は、分配器40の冷媒下流に位置する第2扁平管10bにおいて熱流束の大きい風上側の冷媒通路15に乾き度の小さい冷媒を流入させ、熱流束の小さい風下側の冷媒通路15に乾き度の大きい冷媒を流入させる。実施の形態1の熱交換器は、分配器40を有することで、第2扁平管10bにおける熱伝達率を向上し、熱交換器全体の熱交換率向上を図る。 Therefore, in the heat exchanger of the first embodiment, the distributor 40 is provided in the middle of the plurality of refrigerant passages 15 of the flat tube 10, and the heat exchange efficiency in the second flat tube 10b located downstream of the refrigerant from the distributor 40 is increased. Improve. The distributor 40 allows a refrigerant with a low degree of dryness to flow into the refrigerant passage 15 on the windward side where the heat flux is large in the second flat tube 10b located downstream of the refrigerant of the distributor 40, and flows into the refrigerant passage 15 on the lee side where the heat flux is small. A refrigerant with a high degree of dryness is flowed into the refrigerant. The heat exchanger of Embodiment 1 improves the heat transfer coefficient in the second flat tube 10b by having the distributor 40, and aims to improve the heat exchange coefficient of the entire heat exchanger.
[分配器40の構造]
 図5は、実施の形態1に係る熱交換器の分配器の分解斜視図である。分配器40は、図1に示したように第3方向に延びており、第3方向に並列する複数の扁平管10のそれぞれに対応して独立した冷媒流路を形成している。図5には、1本の扁平管10に対応する構成部分を抽出して示している。
[Structure of distributor 40]
FIG. 5 is an exploded perspective view of the distributor of the heat exchanger according to the first embodiment. As shown in FIG. 1, the distributor 40 extends in the third direction, and forms independent refrigerant flow paths corresponding to each of the plurality of flat tubes 10 arranged in parallel in the third direction. In FIG. 5, constituent parts corresponding to one flat tube 10 are extracted and shown.
 分配器40は、第1扁平管10aの右端が挿入される管挿入用板状部材400と、4枚の板状部材410、420、430及び440と、第2扁平管10bの左端が挿入される管挿入用板状部材460と、を有している。4枚の板状部材410、420、430及び440は、第1扁平管10a側から順に、第1板状部材410、第2板状部材420、第3板状部材430及び第4板状部材440である。分配器40は、更に、第3板状部材430と第4板状部材440との間に、第5板状部材450を有している。管挿入用板状部材400、第1板状部材410、第2板状部材420、第3板状部材430、第4板状部材440、第5板状部材450及び管挿入用板状部材460は何れも、金属平板を用いて形成されている。 The distributor 40 includes a tube insertion plate member 400 into which the right end of the first flat tube 10a is inserted, four plate members 410, 420, 430, and 440, and into which the left end of the second flat tube 10b is inserted. It has a plate-like member 460 for inserting a tube. The four plate members 410, 420, 430, and 440 are, in order from the first flat tube 10a side, a first plate member 410, a second plate member 420, a third plate member 430, and a fourth plate member. It is 440. The distributor 40 further includes a fifth plate member 450 between the third plate member 430 and the fourth plate member 440. Plate member 400 for tube insertion, first plate member 410, second plate member 420, third plate member 430, fourth plate member 440, fifth plate member 450, and plate member 460 for tube insertion. Both are formed using flat metal plates.
 図5は分配器40の一部を抽出して示しているため、図5では図示されていないが、管挿入用板状部材400、第1板状部材410、第2板状部材420、第3板状部材430、第4板状部材440、第5板状部材450及び管挿入用板状部材460は、第3方向に長い帯状の形状を有している。また、管挿入用板状部材400、第1板状部材410、第2板状部材420、第3板状部材430、第4板状部材440、第5板状部材450及び管挿入用板状部材460のそれぞれの外縁の輪郭は、互いに同一の形状を有している。管挿入用板状部材400、第1板状部材410、第2板状部材420、第3板状部材430、第4板状部材440、第5板状部材450及び管挿入用板状部材460は、それぞれの板厚方向が扁平管10の延伸方向と平行になるように配置されている。言い換えれば、管挿入用板状部材400、第1板状部材410、第2板状部材420、第3板状部材430、第4板状部材440、第5板状部材450及び管挿入用板状部材460は、それぞれの板面が扁平管10の延伸方向と垂直になるように配置されている。 Since FIG. 5 shows a part of the distributor 40, the tube insertion plate member 400, the first plate member 410, the second plate member 420, and the The third plate member 430, the fourth plate member 440, the fifth plate member 450, and the tube insertion plate member 460 have a belt-like shape that is long in the third direction. Further, a plate member 400 for tube insertion, a first plate member 410, a second plate member 420, a third plate member 430, a fourth plate member 440, a fifth plate member 450, and a plate member for tube insertion. The contours of the outer edges of each member 460 have the same shape. Plate member 400 for tube insertion, first plate member 410, second plate member 420, third plate member 430, fourth plate member 440, fifth plate member 450, and plate member 460 for tube insertion. are arranged so that the thickness direction of each plate is parallel to the stretching direction of the flat tube 10. In other words, the tube insertion plate member 400, the first plate member 410, the second plate member 420, the third plate member 430, the fourth plate member 440, the fifth plate member 450, and the tube insertion plate. The shaped members 460 are arranged so that each plate surface is perpendicular to the direction in which the flat tube 10 extends.
 分配器40は、管挿入用板状部材400、第1板状部材410、第2板状部材420、第3板状部材430、第5板状部材450、第4板状部材440及び管挿入用板状部材460が、第1扁平管10aからの距離が近い方からこの順に積層された構成を有している。これら各板状部材のうち隣接する部材同士は、ろう付けによって接合されている。 The distributor 40 includes a tube insertion plate member 400, a first plate member 410, a second plate member 420, a third plate member 430, a fifth plate member 450, a fourth plate member 440, and a tube insertion plate member 400. The plate-like members 460 are stacked in this order from the one closest to the first flat tube 10a. Adjacent members among these plate-like members are joined by brazing.
 以下、分配器40において1本の扁平管10に対応する構成部分について図5を参照して説明する。分配器40には、以下に説明する構成が扁平管10の本数分、形成されているが、それぞれの構成は同じであるため、1本の扁平管10に対応する構成部分について説明する。以下、第1方向及び第3方向に延び、分配器40の第2方向の中心部に位置する平面(図5の網がけの平面)で分配器40を含む熱交換器全体を2つの領域に分けたうちの風上側を風上領域1a、風下側を風下領域1bという。 Hereinafter, the constituent parts of the distributor 40 that correspond to one flat tube 10 will be described with reference to FIG. 5. The distributor 40 has the same number of configurations as the flat tubes 10 as described below, but since each configuration is the same, only the component corresponding to one flat tube 10 will be described. Hereinafter, the entire heat exchanger including the distributor 40 will be divided into two regions on a plane extending in the first direction and the third direction and located at the center of the distributor 40 in the second direction (shaded plane in FIG. 5). The windward side of the divided regions is called a windward region 1a, and the leeward side is called a leeward region 1b.
(管挿入用板状部材400)
 管挿入用板状部材400は、第1扁平管10aの右端が挿入される挿入孔401を有している。挿入孔401は、管挿入用板状部材400を管挿入用板状部材400の板厚方向に貫通している。挿入孔401は、第1扁平管10aの外周形状と同様に扁平な開口形状を有している。挿入孔401の内周面は、ろう付けにより第1扁平管10aの外周面と全周にわたって接合されている。第1扁平管10aは、第1扁平管10aの右端が挿入孔401内に収まるように配置されても良いし、挿入孔401を貫通して第1板状部材410の後述の貫通孔411の途中に位置するように配置されてもよい。なお、分配器40の構成から管挿入用板状部材400を省略して、第1扁平管10aの右端が第1板状部材410の後述の貫通孔411の途中に位置するように配置してもよい。
(Plate member for tube insertion 400)
The tube insertion plate member 400 has an insertion hole 401 into which the right end of the first flat tube 10a is inserted. The insertion hole 401 penetrates the tube insertion plate member 400 in the thickness direction of the tube insertion plate member 400. The insertion hole 401 has a flat opening shape similar to the outer peripheral shape of the first flat tube 10a. The inner peripheral surface of the insertion hole 401 is joined to the outer peripheral surface of the first flat tube 10a over the entire circumference by brazing. The first flat tube 10a may be arranged such that the right end of the first flat tube 10a is accommodated in the insertion hole 401, or it may be arranged such that the right end of the first flat tube 10a is accommodated in the insertion hole 401, or it may be inserted into the through hole 411 of the first plate member 410, which will be described later. It may be arranged so that it is located in the middle. Note that the tube insertion plate member 400 is omitted from the configuration of the distributor 40, and the right end of the first flat tube 10a is arranged in the middle of the through hole 411 of the first plate member 410, which will be described later. Good too.
(第1板状部材410)
 第1板状部材410は、冷媒の入口となる貫通孔411を有している。貫通孔411は、第1板状部材410を第1板状部材410の板厚方向に貫通している。貫通孔411は、第1扁平管10aの外周形状と同様に扁平な開口形状を有している。貫通孔411の開口面積は、管挿入用板状部材400の挿入孔401の開口面積と同一又はそれより大きくなっている。貫通孔411は、第1方向に見たとき、管挿入用板状部材400の挿入孔401と重なっており、第1扁平管10aにおける複数の冷媒通路15に連通している。
(First plate member 410)
The first plate member 410 has a through hole 411 that serves as an inlet for the refrigerant. The through hole 411 penetrates the first plate member 410 in the thickness direction of the first plate member 410 . The through hole 411 has a flat opening shape similar to the outer peripheral shape of the first flat tube 10a. The opening area of the through hole 411 is the same as or larger than the opening area of the insertion hole 401 of the tube insertion plate member 400. The through hole 411 overlaps with the insertion hole 401 of the tube insertion plate member 400 when viewed in the first direction, and communicates with the plurality of refrigerant passages 15 in the first flat tube 10a.
(第2板状部材420)
 第2板状部材420は、貫通孔411を通過した冷媒が通過する貫通孔421を有している。貫通孔421は、第2板状部材420を第2板状部材420の板厚方向に貫通している。貫通孔421は、第1板状部材410の貫通孔411よりも第2方向の長さが短く、第3方向の長さが略同じであり、扁平な開口形状を有している。貫通孔421の形状は、扁平に限られたものではなく、円形状でもよい。貫通孔421の開口面積は、第1板状部材410の貫通孔411の開口面積よりも小さくなっている。貫通孔421は、第1方向に見たとき、第1板状部材410の貫通孔411に重なり、貫通孔411の第2方向の中心部に位置している。
(Second plate member 420)
The second plate member 420 has a through hole 421 through which the refrigerant that has passed through the through hole 411 passes. The through hole 421 penetrates the second plate member 420 in the thickness direction of the second plate member 420. The through hole 421 has a shorter length in the second direction than the through hole 411 of the first plate-shaped member 410, a substantially same length in the third direction, and has a flat opening shape. The shape of the through hole 421 is not limited to a flat shape, but may be circular. The opening area of the through hole 421 is smaller than the opening area of the through hole 411 of the first plate member 410. The through hole 421 overlaps the through hole 411 of the first plate member 410 when viewed in the first direction, and is located at the center of the through hole 411 in the second direction.
(第3板状部材430)
 第3板状部材430は、貫通孔421を通過した冷媒が通過する貫通孔431を有している。貫通孔431は、第3板状部材430を第3板状部材430の板厚方向に貫通している。貫通孔431は、扁平な開口形状を有している。貫通孔431は、第1方向に見たとき、風上領域1aから風下領域1bにかけて反重力方向である上方に傾斜するように形成されている。また、貫通孔431は、第1方向に見たとき、貫通孔431の第2方向の両端部が、貫通孔421の第2方向の両端部よりも外側、貫通孔411の第2方向の両端部よりも内側に位置するように第2方向の長さが設定されている。
(Third plate member 430)
The third plate member 430 has a through hole 431 through which the refrigerant that has passed through the through hole 421 passes. The through hole 431 penetrates the third plate member 430 in the thickness direction of the third plate member 430. The through hole 431 has a flat opening shape. The through hole 431 is formed so as to be inclined upward, which is the anti-gravity direction, from the windward region 1a to the leeward region 1b when viewed in the first direction. Further, when the through hole 431 is viewed in the first direction, both ends of the through hole 431 in the second direction are outside both ends of the through hole 421 in the second direction, and both ends of the through hole 411 in the second direction are outside. The length in the second direction is set so as to be located inside the section.
(第5板状部材450)
 第5板状部材450は、貫通孔431を通過した冷媒が通過する2つの貫通孔451a、451bを有している。貫通孔451a、451bは、貫通孔431の第2方向の両端部に連通している。貫通孔451a、451bのそれぞれは、第5板状部材450を第5板状部材450の板厚方向に貫通している。貫通孔451a、451bのそれぞれは、第3方向に延びた扁平な開口形状を有している。貫通孔451a、451bの形状は、扁平に限られたものではなく、円形状でもよい。貫通孔451a、451bは、風上領域1aと風下領域1bとに分けて配置されている。
(Fifth plate member 450)
The fifth plate member 450 has two through holes 451a and 451b through which the refrigerant that has passed through the through hole 431 passes. The through holes 451a and 451b communicate with both ends of the through hole 431 in the second direction. Each of the through holes 451a and 451b penetrates the fifth plate member 450 in the thickness direction of the fifth plate member 450. Each of the through holes 451a and 451b has a flat opening shape extending in the third direction. The shape of the through holes 451a and 451b is not limited to being flat, but may be circular. The through holes 451a and 451b are arranged separately in the windward region 1a and the leeward region 1b.
 更に詳しくは、風上領域1aの貫通孔451aは、第1方向に見たとき、貫通孔451aを第3方向の中心部で上下に分けたうちの上部が第3板状部材430に重なって閉塞され、下部が第3板状部材430の貫通孔431に重なって連通する。風下領域1bの貫通孔451bは、第1方向に見たとき、貫通孔451bを第3方向の中心部で上下に分けたうちの上部が第3板状部材430の貫通孔431に重なって連通し、下部が第3板状部材430に重なって閉塞される。 More specifically, when the through hole 451a in the windward region 1a is viewed in the first direction, the upper part of the through hole 451a divided into upper and lower parts at the center in the third direction overlaps with the third plate member 430. The lower portion overlaps and communicates with the through hole 431 of the third plate member 430. When the through hole 451b in the leeward region 1b is viewed in the first direction, the upper part of the through hole 451b divided into upper and lower parts at the center in the third direction overlaps and communicates with the through hole 431 of the third plate member 430. However, the lower part overlaps with the third plate member 430 and is closed.
(第4板状部材440)
 第4板状部材440は、第1板状部材410と同一形状に構成されている。第4板状部材440は、冷媒の出口となる貫通孔441を有している。貫通孔441は、第4板状部材440を第4板状部材440の板厚方向に貫通している。貫通孔441は、第2扁平管10bの外周形状と同様に扁平な開口形状を有している。貫通孔441の開口面積は、後述の管挿入用板状部材460の各挿入孔461の開口面積と同一又はそれより大きくなっている。貫通孔441は、第1方向に見たとき、第5板状部材450の貫通孔451a、451bと重なって連通すると共に、第2扁平管10bにおける複数の冷媒通路15に連通している。また、第4板状部材440は、第5板状部材450の貫通孔451a、451bを介して第3板状部材430の貫通孔431に連通している。
(Fourth plate member 440)
The fourth plate member 440 is configured to have the same shape as the first plate member 410. The fourth plate member 440 has a through hole 441 that serves as an outlet for the refrigerant. The through hole 441 passes through the fourth plate member 440 in the thickness direction of the fourth plate member 440 . The through hole 441 has a flat opening shape similar to the outer peripheral shape of the second flat tube 10b. The opening area of the through hole 441 is the same as or larger than the opening area of each insertion hole 461 of a tube insertion plate member 460, which will be described later. When viewed in the first direction, the through hole 441 overlaps and communicates with the through holes 451a and 451b of the fifth plate member 450, and also communicates with the plurality of refrigerant passages 15 in the second flat tube 10b. Further, the fourth plate member 440 communicates with the through hole 431 of the third plate member 430 via the through holes 451 a and 451 b of the fifth plate member 450 .
(管挿入用板状部材460)
 管挿入用板状部材460は、管挿入用板状部材400と同一形状に構成されている。管挿入用板状部材460は、第2扁平管10bの左端が挿入される挿入孔461を有している。挿入孔461は、管挿入用板状部材460を管挿入用板状部材460の板厚方向に貫通している。挿入孔461は、第2扁平管10bの外周形状と同様に扁平な開口形状を有している。挿入孔461は、第1方向に見たとき、第4板状部材440の貫通孔441と重なって連通している。挿入孔461の内周面は、ろう付けにより第2扁平管10bの外周面と全周にわたって接合されている。
(Plate member for tube insertion 460)
The tube insertion plate member 460 is configured to have the same shape as the tube insertion plate member 400. The tube insertion plate member 460 has an insertion hole 461 into which the left end of the second flat tube 10b is inserted. The insertion hole 461 passes through the tube insertion plate member 460 in the thickness direction of the tube insertion plate member 460. The insertion hole 461 has a flat opening shape similar to the outer peripheral shape of the second flat tube 10b. The insertion hole 461 overlaps and communicates with the through hole 441 of the fourth plate member 440 when viewed in the first direction. The inner peripheral surface of the insertion hole 461 is joined to the outer peripheral surface of the second flat tube 10b over the entire circumference by brazing.
 第2扁平管10bは、第2扁平管10bの左端が挿入孔461内に収まるように配置されても良いし、挿入孔461を貫通して第4板状部材440の貫通孔441の途中に位置するように配置されてもよい。なお、分配器40の構成から管挿入用板状部材460を省略して、第2扁平管10bの左端が第4板状部材440の貫通孔441の途中に位置するように配置してもよい。つまり、第4板状部材440が、管挿入用板状部材460を兼ねるようにしてもよい。 The second flat tube 10b may be arranged such that the left end of the second flat tube 10b is accommodated in the insertion hole 461, or it may be placed in the middle of the through hole 441 of the fourth plate member 440 by passing through the insertion hole 461. It may be arranged so that it is located. Note that the tube insertion plate member 460 may be omitted from the configuration of the distributor 40 and the left end of the second flat tube 10b may be located in the middle of the through hole 441 of the fourth plate member 440. . That is, the fourth plate member 440 may also serve as the tube insertion plate member 460.
 以上のように構成された分配器40は、第1板状部材410及び第2板状部材420を有する合流部40aと、第3板状部材430及び第5板状部材450を有する気液分離部40bと、を有する。合流部40aは、第1扁平管10aにおける複数の冷媒通路15と連通し、複数の冷媒通路15から流出した冷媒を合流する部分である。気液分離部40bは、合流部40aに連通して形成され、合流部40aを通過した冷媒の気液を分離する部分である。また、気液分離部40bは、液相の冷媒を第2扁平管10bにおける複数の冷媒通路15のうち風上領域1aの冷媒通路15に導くと共に、気相の冷媒を第2扁平管10bにおける複数の冷媒通路のうち風下領域1bの冷媒通路15に導く部分である。以下、第1扁平管10a及び第2扁平管10bのそれぞれにおいて、風上領域1aの冷媒通路15を風上側冷媒通路15a、風下領域1bの冷媒通路15を風下側冷媒通路15bという。 The distributor 40 configured as described above includes a confluence section 40a having a first plate member 410 and a second plate member 420, and a gas-liquid separation unit having a third plate member 430 and a fifth plate member 450. It has a section 40b. The merging portion 40a is a portion that communicates with the plurality of refrigerant passages 15 in the first flat tube 10a and joins the refrigerant flowing out from the plurality of refrigerant passages 15. The gas-liquid separation part 40b is a part that is formed in communication with the confluence part 40a and separates the gas and liquid of the refrigerant that has passed through the confluence part 40a. Further, the gas-liquid separation unit 40b guides the liquid phase refrigerant to the refrigerant passage 15 in the upwind region 1a among the plurality of refrigerant passages 15 in the second flat tube 10b, and guides the gas phase refrigerant to the second flat tube 10b. This is a portion of the plurality of refrigerant passages that leads to the refrigerant passage 15 in the leeward region 1b. Hereinafter, in each of the first flat tube 10a and the second flat tube 10b, the refrigerant passage 15 in the windward region 1a will be referred to as the windward side refrigerant passage 15a, and the refrigerant passage 15 in the leeward region 1b will be referred to as the leeward side refrigerant passage 15b.
[分配器40における冷媒の流れ及び分配器40の作用]
 図5において、実線矢印は乾き度が小さい冷媒、点線矢印は乾き度が大きい冷媒である。なお、「小さい」及び「大きい」とは、基準値との比較での大小を表すものではなく、相対的なものである。この点は、後述の実施の形態においても同様である。
[Flow of refrigerant in distributor 40 and action of distributor 40]
In FIG. 5, solid line arrows indicate refrigerants with low dryness, and dotted line arrows indicate refrigerants with high dryness. Note that "small" and "large" do not represent the magnitude in comparison with a reference value, but are relative. This point also applies to the embodiments described below.
 第1扁平管10aの各冷媒通路15を流出した各冷媒は、合流部40aで合流する。詳しくは、第1扁平管10aの風上側冷媒通路15aを流出した乾き度の大きい冷媒Aと、第1扁平管10aの風下側冷媒通路15bを流出した乾き度の小さい冷媒Bとの両方が貫通孔411に流入することで合流する。そして、合流後の冷媒が貫通孔411よりも開口面積の小さい貫通孔421を通過して絞られる。このように、合流部40aは、乾き度の大きい冷媒Aと乾き度の小さい冷媒Bとを合流して絞ることで、冷媒の乾き度の不均一を解消する。 The refrigerants flowing out of each refrigerant passage 15 of the first flat tube 10a join together at the merging portion 40a. Specifically, both refrigerant A with a high degree of dryness that has flowed out of the windward side refrigerant passage 15a of the first flat tube 10a and refrigerant B with a low degree of dryness that has flown out of the leeward side refrigerant passage 15b of the first flat tube 10a pass through the passage. They flow into the hole 411 and merge. Then, the refrigerant after merging passes through the through hole 421, which has a smaller opening area than the through hole 411, and is throttled. In this way, the merging section 40a eliminates non-uniformity in the dryness of the refrigerants by merging and squeezing the refrigerant A with a high degree of dryness and the refrigerant B with a low degree of dryness.
 そして、合流部40aを通過後の冷媒は、気液分離部40bで液相を多く含む冷媒(以下、乾き度の小さい冷媒という)と、気相を多く含む冷媒(以下、乾き度の大きい冷媒という)と、に分離される。詳しくは、気液分離部40bに流入した冷媒は、まず、貫通孔431に流入する。貫通孔431は、上述したように風上領域1aから風下領域1bにかけて上方に傾斜するように形成されている。このため、貫通孔431に流入した冷媒のうち、乾き度の小さい冷媒は、重力によって貫通孔431の傾斜に沿って下方に向かうことで風上領域1aに移動する。一方、貫通孔431に流入した冷媒のうち、乾き度の大きい冷媒は、貫通孔431の傾斜に沿って上方に向かうことで風下領域1bに移動する。これにより、気液分離部40bに流入した冷媒は、乾き度の小さい冷媒Cと、乾き度の大きい冷媒Dと、に分離される。 After passing through the confluence section 40a, the refrigerant is divided into a refrigerant containing a large amount of liquid phase (hereinafter referred to as a refrigerant with a low degree of dryness) and a refrigerant containing a large amount of a gas phase (hereinafter referred to as a refrigerant with a high degree of dryness) in a gas-liquid separation section 40b. ) and are separated into. Specifically, the refrigerant that has flowed into the gas-liquid separation section 40b first flows into the through hole 431. As described above, the through hole 431 is formed to slope upward from the windward region 1a to the leeward region 1b. Therefore, among the refrigerants that have flowed into the through-holes 431, refrigerants with low dryness move downward along the slope of the through-holes 431 due to gravity, thereby moving to the windward region 1a. On the other hand, among the refrigerants that have flowed into the through holes 431, refrigerants with high dryness move upward along the slope of the through holes 431 to the leeward region 1b. Thereby, the refrigerant that has flowed into the gas-liquid separator 40b is separated into refrigerant C, which has a low degree of dryness, and refrigerant D, which has a high degree of dryness.
 また、気液分離部40bでは、貫通孔421を通過後の冷媒が貫通孔431を通過して第5板状部材450に衝突し、衝突して跳ね返った冷媒が再び貫通孔431を通過して第2板状部材420に衝突する。気液分離部40bは、この衝突の繰り返しによっても冷媒を気液に分離する。 In addition, in the gas-liquid separation section 40b, the refrigerant that has passed through the through hole 421 passes through the through hole 431 and collides with the fifth plate member 450, and the refrigerant that has rebounded from the collision passes through the through hole 431 again. It collides with the second plate member 420. The gas-liquid separator 40b also separates the refrigerant into gas and liquid by repeating this collision.
 以上のようにして気液に分離された冷媒のうち、液相を多く含む乾き度の小さい冷媒Cは、第5板状部材450の貫通孔451aを通過する。一方、気相を多く含む乾き度の大きい冷媒Dは、第5板状部材450の貫通孔451bを通過する。 Among the refrigerants separated into gas and liquid as described above, refrigerant C with a low degree of dryness and containing a large amount of liquid phase passes through the through hole 451a of the fifth plate member 450. On the other hand, the dry refrigerant D containing a large amount of gas phase passes through the through hole 451b of the fifth plate member 450.
 このように、気液分離部40bは、気液分離部40bに流入した冷媒を、乾き度の小さい冷媒Cと乾き度の大きい冷媒Dとに分離し、乾き度の小さい冷媒Cを風上領域1aに導き、乾き度の大きい冷媒Dを風下領域1bに導く。 In this way, the gas-liquid separator 40b separates the refrigerant that has flowed into the gas-liquid separator 40b into the refrigerant C with a low degree of dryness and the refrigerant D with a high degree of dryness, and transfers the refrigerant C with a low degree of dryness to an upwind region. 1a, and the refrigerant D having a high degree of dryness is guided to the leeward region 1b.
 気液分離部40bから流出した乾き度の小さい冷媒Cと乾き度の大きい冷媒Dとは、貫通孔441を介して第2扁平管10bに流入する。ここで、気液分離部40bから流出した乾き度の小さい冷媒Cと乾き度の大きい冷媒Dとは、貫通孔441で一旦合流するものの、乾き度の大小関係は実質的に維持されたまま第2扁平管10bに流入する。よって、第2扁平管10bの風上側冷媒通路15aには乾き度の小さい冷媒Cが流入し、風下側冷媒通路15bには乾き度の大きい冷媒Dが流入する。 The refrigerant C with low dryness and the refrigerant D with high dryness flowing out from the gas-liquid separation part 40b flow into the second flat tube 10b through the through hole 441. Here, although the refrigerant C with a low degree of dryness and the refrigerant D with a high degree of dryness that flowed out from the gas-liquid separation part 40b are once merged in the through hole 441, the magnitude relationship of the degree of dryness remains substantially maintained. 2 into the flat tube 10b. Therefore, the refrigerant C with low dryness flows into the windward refrigerant passage 15a of the second flat tube 10b, and the refrigerant D with high dryness flows into the leeward refrigerant passage 15b.
 このように、分配器40は、第1扁平管10aの各冷媒通路15から流出した各冷媒を合流部40aで一旦合流後、合流後の冷媒を、気液分離部40bで乾き度の小さい冷媒Cと乾き度の大きい冷媒Dとに分離する。そして、分配器40は、乾き度の小さい冷媒Cを、第2扁平管10bの風上側冷媒通路15aに導き、乾き度の大きい冷媒Dを、第2扁平管10bの風下側冷媒通路15bに導く。つまり、分配器40は、分配器40内に形成された冷媒流路400Aの出口(貫通孔441)において、冷媒流路400Aの出口の風上領域1aから流出する冷媒の乾き度と、冷媒流路400Aの出口の風下領域1bから流出する冷媒の乾き度とを、冷媒流路400Aの入口(貫通孔411)から流入したときの風上領域1aと風下領域1bとにおける冷媒の乾き度の大小とは逆にして流出させる。 In this way, the distributor 40 once merges the refrigerants flowing out from each refrigerant passage 15 of the first flat tube 10a in the merging section 40a, and then converts the refrigerant after the merging into a refrigerant with a low degree of dryness in the gas-liquid separation section 40b. It separates into refrigerant C and refrigerant D, which has a high degree of dryness. Then, the distributor 40 guides the refrigerant C with a low degree of dryness to the windward side refrigerant passage 15a of the second flat tube 10b, and guides the refrigerant D with a high degree of dryness to the leeward side refrigerant passage 15b of the second flat tube 10b. . That is, at the outlet (through hole 441) of the refrigerant flow path 400A formed inside the distributor 40, the dryness of the refrigerant flowing out from the upwind region 1a of the exit of the refrigerant flow path 400A and the refrigerant flow are determined. The dryness of the refrigerant flowing out from the leeward region 1b at the outlet of the refrigerant flow path 400A is defined as the degree of dryness of the refrigerant in the windward region 1a and the leeward region 1b when it flows in from the entrance (through hole 411) of the refrigerant flow path 400A. It flows out in the opposite direction.
 なお、上記では、気液分離部40bが第3板状部材430と第5板状部材450とを有するとしたが、第5板状部材450は省いてもよい。気液分離部40bにおいて、第5板状部材450が省かれた場合、第5板状部材450が省かれていない場合よりも気液分離効果は低減するものの、一定の気液分離効果は得られる。よって、分配器40は、少なくとも第1板状部材410、第2板状部材420、第3板状部材430及び第4板状部材440の4枚の板状部材を備えていればよい。また、分配器40は、上記の冷媒流路400Aを有していればよい。このため、分配器40は、上述したように複数枚の板状部材を重ね合わせて接合した構成に限定されず、複数枚分の板状部材の板厚を有する1枚の板状部材で構成してもよい。この点は、後述の実施の形態でも同様である。 Note that in the above description, the gas-liquid separation section 40b includes the third plate member 430 and the fifth plate member 450, but the fifth plate member 450 may be omitted. In the gas-liquid separation section 40b, when the fifth plate-like member 450 is omitted, the gas-liquid separation effect is lower than when the fifth plate-like member 450 is not omitted, but a certain gas-liquid separation effect cannot be obtained. It will be done. Therefore, the distributor 40 only needs to include at least four plate members: the first plate member 410, the second plate member 420, the third plate member 430, and the fourth plate member 440. Furthermore, the distributor 40 only needs to have the above-mentioned refrigerant flow path 400A. For this reason, the distributor 40 is not limited to the structure in which a plurality of plate-like members are stacked and joined together as described above, but is composed of a single plate-like member having the thickness of a plurality of plate-like members. You may. This point also applies to the embodiments described below.
[熱交換器の動作]
 次に、分配器40を備えた熱交換器の動作について、熱交換器が冷凍サイクル装置の蒸発器として機能する際の動作を例に挙げて説明する。図1の矢印に示すように、まず、冷媒が流入口20aから一方のヘッダ20に流入する。一方のヘッダ20に流入した冷媒は、各第1扁平管10aに分配される。各第1扁平管10aに分配された冷媒は、第1扁平管10aの左端から右端へと複数の冷媒通路15を通過し、分配器40に流入する。
[Operation of heat exchanger]
Next, the operation of the heat exchanger including the distributor 40 will be described, taking as an example the operation when the heat exchanger functions as an evaporator of a refrigeration cycle device. As shown by the arrow in FIG. 1, the refrigerant first flows into one header 20 from the inlet 20a. The refrigerant that has flowed into one header 20 is distributed to each first flat tube 10a. The refrigerant distributed to each first flat tube 10a passes through the plurality of refrigerant passages 15 from the left end to the right end of the first flat tube 10a, and flows into the distributor 40.
 分配器40は、上述したように、第1扁平管10aの各冷媒通路15を通過した各冷媒を合流部40aで合流する。これにより、熱交換器は、第1扁平管10aの各冷媒通路15から流出した各冷媒の乾き度の不均一を解消できる。そして、分配器40は、図5に示すように、乾き度の小さい冷媒Cを第2扁平管10bの風上側冷媒通路15aに導き、乾き度の大きい冷媒Dを第2扁平管10bの風下側冷媒通路15bに導く。 As described above, the distributor 40 joins the refrigerants that have passed through the refrigerant passages 15 of the first flat tube 10a at the merging portion 40a. Thereby, the heat exchanger can eliminate unevenness in the dryness of each refrigerant flowing out from each refrigerant passage 15 of the first flat tube 10a. As shown in FIG. 5, the distributor 40 guides the refrigerant C with low dryness to the windward side refrigerant passage 15a of the second flat tube 10b, and guides the refrigerant D with high dryness to the leeward side of the second flat tube 10b. It leads to the refrigerant passage 15b.
 このように、熱交換器は、分配器40の冷媒下流に位置する第2扁平管10bに対し、乾き度の小さい冷媒Cを風上側冷媒通路15aに導く。このため、熱交換器は、分配器40を設けずに乾き度の大きい冷媒をそのまま第2扁平管10bの風上側冷媒通路15aに導く場合に比べて、第2扁平管10bの風上領域1aの熱伝達率を向上できる。その結果、熱交換器は、熱交換器全体としての熱交換効率を向上できる。 In this way, the heat exchanger guides the refrigerant C with low dryness to the upwind refrigerant passage 15a with respect to the second flat tube 10b located downstream of the refrigerant of the distributor 40. Therefore, compared to the case where the refrigerant with a high degree of dryness is directly guided to the windward side refrigerant passage 15a of the second flat tube 10b without providing the distributor 40, the heat exchanger The heat transfer coefficient can be improved. As a result, the heat exchanger can improve the heat exchange efficiency of the heat exchanger as a whole.
[乾き度の変化]
 図6は、実施の形態1に係る熱交換器の流入口から流出口に至るまでの冷媒の乾き度の変化を示す図である。図7は、比較例として、分配器を用いない熱交換器における流入口から流出口に至るまでの冷媒の乾き度の変化を示す図である。図6及び図7において、横軸は第1方向の位置を示し、縦軸は冷媒の乾き度を示している。図6及び図7において、実線は風上領域1aを流れる冷媒、一点鎖線は風下領域1bを流れる冷媒を示している。
[Change in dryness]
FIG. 6 is a diagram showing a change in the dryness of the refrigerant from the inlet to the outlet of the heat exchanger according to the first embodiment. FIG. 7 is a diagram showing, as a comparative example, a change in the dryness of the refrigerant from the inlet to the outlet in a heat exchanger that does not use a distributor. In FIGS. 6 and 7, the horizontal axis indicates the position in the first direction, and the vertical axis indicates the dryness of the refrigerant. In FIGS. 6 and 7, the solid line indicates the refrigerant flowing in the windward region 1a, and the dashed line indicates the refrigerant flowing in the leeward region 1b.
 図7に示す比較例では、流入口20aから流出口20bに至るまで、風上領域1aを流れる冷媒の乾き度が風下領域1bを流れる冷媒の乾き度よりも高い。よって、比較例では、風上領域1aで優先的に冷媒が蒸発して乾き度が上昇し、風下領域1bでは冷媒の蒸発が十分に行われずに乾き度が低い状態が続いている。 In the comparative example shown in FIG. 7, the dryness of the refrigerant flowing in the windward region 1a from the inlet 20a to the outlet 20b is higher than the dryness of the refrigerant flowing in the leeward region 1b. Therefore, in the comparative example, the refrigerant evaporates preferentially in the windward region 1a and the dryness increases, and in the leeward region 1b, the refrigerant does not evaporate sufficiently and the dryness continues to be low.
 これに対し、図6に示す実施の形態1では、図7と比較して明らかなように、風上領域1aを流れる冷媒と風下領域1bを流れる冷媒との乾き度の大小が分配器40で入れ替わっている。このため、実施の形態1では、分配器40以降において風上領域1aを流れる冷媒は、再び蒸発が促進されて乾き度が上昇している。これにより、実施の形態1の熱交換器は、分配器40を用いない構成に比べて、分配器40を通過後の第2扁平管10bの熱伝達率を向上でき、熱交換器全体としての熱交換効率を向上できる。なお、図6及び図7において上下方向に延びる矢印は、流入口から流出口にかけての平均乾き度変化量を示している。図6は、図7に対して熱伝達率が向上しているため平均乾き度変化量が大きく、つまり熱交換量が増加していることを示している。 On the other hand, in the first embodiment shown in FIG. 6, as is clear from the comparison with FIG. They have been replaced. Therefore, in the first embodiment, the evaporation of the refrigerant flowing in the windward region 1a after the distributor 40 is promoted again, and the degree of dryness is increased. As a result, the heat exchanger of the first embodiment can improve the heat transfer coefficient of the second flat tube 10b after passing through the distributor 40, compared to a configuration that does not use the distributor 40, and improves the heat exchanger as a whole. Heat exchange efficiency can be improved. Note that the arrows extending in the vertical direction in FIGS. 6 and 7 indicate the average amount of change in dryness from the inlet to the outlet. FIG. 6 shows that since the heat transfer coefficient is improved compared to FIG. 7, the average dryness change amount is large, that is, the amount of heat exchange is increased.
 このように、実施の形態1の熱交換器は、分配器40を備えたことで、比較例に比べて、分配器40の冷媒下流に位置する第2扁平管10bの熱伝達率を向上でき、結果として熱交換器全体の熱交換効率を向上できる。 As described above, since the heat exchanger of the first embodiment includes the distributor 40, the heat transfer coefficient of the second flat tube 10b located downstream of the refrigerant of the distributor 40 can be improved compared to the comparative example. As a result, the heat exchange efficiency of the entire heat exchanger can be improved.
 なお、上記では熱交換器が蒸発器として機能する場合について説明したが、冷凍サイクル装置の凝縮器として機能するように用いても良い。熱交換器が冷凍サイクル装置の凝縮器として機能する場合は、上記と冷媒の流れる方向が逆となる。 Note that although the case where the heat exchanger functions as an evaporator has been described above, it may also be used to function as a condenser of a refrigeration cycle device. When the heat exchanger functions as a condenser of a refrigeration cycle device, the direction in which the refrigerant flows is opposite to that described above.
 また、上記では、分配器40が第3方向に延伸して形成され、第3方向に並列する複数の扁平管10に共通に一つ形成された構成を示したが、個々の扁平管10に対応して分割された構成としてもよい。また、熱交換器は、分配器40が全ての扁平管10に対応する構成を示したが、必ずしも全てではなく、一部の扁平管10に対応する構成としてもよい。これらの点は、後述の実施の形態においても同様である。 Furthermore, in the above description, a configuration is shown in which the distributor 40 is formed extending in the third direction and is commonly formed in a plurality of flat tubes 10 arranged in parallel in the third direction. A correspondingly divided configuration may also be used. Moreover, although the heat exchanger has shown a configuration in which the distributor 40 corresponds to all of the flat tubes 10, it may be configured to correspond to not necessarily all of the flat tubes 10 but some of the flat tubes 10. These points also apply to the embodiments described below.
 また、上記では、熱交換器における分配器40の第1方向の位置が扁平管10の第1方向の中心部としたが、中心部に限定されるものではなく、第1方向の途中であればよい。熱交換器における分配器40の第1方向の位置は、第2方向の熱流速分布及び第1方向の風量分布によって決定すればよい。この点は、後述の実施の形態においても同様である。 Furthermore, in the above description, the position of the distributor 40 in the first direction in the heat exchanger is assumed to be at the center of the flat tube 10 in the first direction, but it is not limited to the center, and may be located halfway in the first direction. Bye. The position of the distributor 40 in the first direction in the heat exchanger may be determined based on the heat flow velocity distribution in the second direction and the air volume distribution in the first direction. This point also applies to the embodiments described below.
[実施の形態1の効果]
 以上説明したように、実施の形態1に係る熱交換器は、扁平管10の途中に設けられた分配器40を備える。分配器40は、貫通孔で形成された冷媒流路400Aを有する。冷媒流路400Aは、冷媒流路400Aの出口の風上領域1aから流出する冷媒の乾き度と、冷媒流路400Aの出口の風下領域1bから流出する冷媒の乾き度とを、冷媒流路400Aの入口から流入したときの風上領域1aと風下領域1bとにおける冷媒の乾き度の大小とは逆にして流出させる。
[Effects of Embodiment 1]
As explained above, the heat exchanger according to the first embodiment includes the distributor 40 provided in the middle of the flat tube 10. The distributor 40 has a refrigerant flow path 400A formed of a through hole. The refrigerant flow path 400A calculates the dryness of the refrigerant flowing out from the upwind region 1a of the outlet of the refrigerant flow path 400A and the dryness of the refrigerant flowing out from the leeward region 1b of the exit of the refrigerant flow path 400A. The degree of dryness of the refrigerant in the windward region 1a and the leeward region 1b when it flows in from the inlet of the refrigerant is opposite to that of the refrigerant flowing out.
 上記構成により、実施の形態1の熱交換器は、扁平管10において分配器40よりも冷媒下流部分における熱伝達率を向上でき、結果として熱交換器全体としての熱交換効率を向上できる。 With the above configuration, the heat exchanger of Embodiment 1 can improve the heat transfer coefficient in the downstream portion of the refrigerant from the distributor 40 in the flat tube 10, and as a result, the heat exchange efficiency of the heat exchanger as a whole can be improved.
 分配器40は、扁平管10の第1方向の途中に配置されている。扁平管10は、分配器40の上流の第1扁平管10aと、分配器40の下流の第2扁平管10bとを有する。分配器40は、第1扁平管10aにおける複数の冷媒通路15と連通する合流部40aと気液分離部40bとを備える。気液分離部40bは、合流部40aに連通して形成され、合流部40aを通過した冷媒の気液を分離し、液相の冷媒を、第2扁平管10bの風上側冷媒通路15aに導くと共に、気相の冷媒を、第2扁平管10bの風下側冷媒通路15bに導く。 The distributor 40 is disposed in the middle of the flat tube 10 in the first direction. The flat tube 10 includes a first flat tube 10a upstream of the distributor 40 and a second flat tube 10b downstream of the distributor 40. The distributor 40 includes a confluence section 40a and a gas-liquid separation section 40b that communicate with the plurality of refrigerant passages 15 in the first flat tube 10a. The gas-liquid separation section 40b is formed in communication with the confluence section 40a, separates the gas and liquid of the refrigerant that has passed through the confluence section 40a, and guides the liquid phase refrigerant to the windward side refrigerant passage 15a of the second flat tube 10b. At the same time, the gaseous refrigerant is guided to the leeward refrigerant passage 15b of the second flat tube 10b.
 上記構成により、実施の形態1の熱交換器は、分配器40において冷媒を合流部40a及び気液分離部40bに流すことで、分配器40の冷媒下流部分である第2扁平管10bにおける熱伝達率を向上でき、結果として熱交換器全体としての熱交換効率を向上できる。 With the above configuration, the heat exchanger of Embodiment 1 allows the refrigerant to flow into the confluence section 40a and the gas-liquid separation section 40b in the distributor 40, so that the heat in the second flat tube 10b, which is the refrigerant downstream section of the distributor 40, can be increased. The transfer coefficient can be improved, and as a result, the heat exchange efficiency of the heat exchanger as a whole can be improved.
実施の形態2.
 図8は、実施の形態2に係る熱交換器の概略正面図である。実施の形態2の熱交換器は、分配器の構成が実施の形態1と異なる。その他の構成については実施の形態1と同一又は同等である。以下、実施の形態2が実施の形態1と異なる構成を中心に説明するものとし、実施の形態2で説明されていない構成は実施の形態1と同様である。
Embodiment 2.
FIG. 8 is a schematic front view of the heat exchanger according to the second embodiment. The heat exchanger of the second embodiment differs from the first embodiment in the configuration of the distributor. The other configurations are the same or equivalent to those of the first embodiment. Hereinafter, the structure of the second embodiment that is different from the first embodiment will be mainly explained, and the structures that are not explained in the second embodiment are the same as those of the first embodiment.
 図8に示すように、実施の形態2の交換器は、間隔をおいて配列され、冷媒を流通させる複数の扁平管10と、複数の扁平管10の延伸方向の両端に配置された一対のヘッダ20と、隣り合う2つの扁平管の間に配置された複数のフィン30と、を有する。熱交換器は更に、複数の扁平管10の延伸方向の中心部に配置された分配器50を有している。複数の扁平管10のそれぞれは、上下方向に延伸している。複数の扁平管10は、互いに左右方向に間隔をおいて並列している。 As shown in FIG. 8, the exchanger of the second embodiment includes a plurality of flat tubes 10 arranged at intervals and through which refrigerant flows, and a pair of flat tubes 10 arranged at both ends of the plurality of flat tubes 10 in the extending direction. It has a header 20 and a plurality of fins 30 arranged between two adjacent flat tubes. The heat exchanger further includes a distributor 50 arranged at the center of the plurality of flat tubes 10 in the extending direction. Each of the plurality of flat tubes 10 extends in the vertical direction. The plurality of flat tubes 10 are arranged in parallel with each other at intervals in the left-right direction.
 一対のヘッダ20及び分配器50は、複数の扁平管10の並列方向に沿って左右方向に延伸している。以下、実施の形態1と同様に扁平管10の延伸方向を第1方向、第1方向に直交する方向であって扁平管10の冷媒通路15が並列する方向を第2方向、第1方向及び第2方向に直交する方向を第3方向という。実施の形態2において、第1方向は上下方向、第2方向は奥行き方向、第3方向は左右方向である。第2方向は、空気の通過方向でもある。 The pair of headers 20 and distributor 50 extend in the left-right direction along the direction in which the plurality of flat tubes 10 are arranged in parallel. Hereinafter, similarly to Embodiment 1, the stretching direction of the flat tube 10 will be referred to as the first direction, and the direction perpendicular to the first direction in which the refrigerant passages 15 of the flat tube 10 are parallel will be referred to as the second direction. A direction perpendicular to the second direction is referred to as a third direction. In the second embodiment, the first direction is the up-down direction, the second direction is the depth direction, and the third direction is the left-right direction. The second direction is also the direction in which air passes.
 図8では、扁平管10が延伸する第1方向が重力方向である上下方向となるように示しているが、実施の形態1と同様に水平方向であってもよい。また、図8では、フィン30がコルゲートフィンである例を示しているが、実施の形態1と同様に板状フィンでもよい。また、実施の形態2の熱交換器は、フィン30を備えていないフィンレス熱交換器であってもよい。 Although FIG. 8 shows that the first direction in which the flat tube 10 extends is the vertical direction, which is the direction of gravity, it may be in the horizontal direction as in the first embodiment. Further, although FIG. 8 shows an example in which the fins 30 are corrugated fins, they may be plate-shaped fins as in the first embodiment. Furthermore, the heat exchanger of the second embodiment may be a finless heat exchanger that does not include the fins 30.
 熱交換器が冷凍サイクル装置の蒸発器として機能する場合、冷媒が流入口20aから一方のヘッダ20に流入する。一方のヘッダ20に流入した冷媒は、各第1扁平管10aのそれぞれに分配されて各第1扁平管10aを下端から上端に向かって流れた後、分配器50に流入する。分配器50の詳細については後述するが、分配器50には、各扁平管10のそれぞれに対応して独立の冷媒流路が形成されている。このため、各第1扁平管10aを下端から上端に向かって流れた冷媒は、分配器50において他の第1扁平管10aを流れた冷媒と混ざることなく、各第2扁平管10bのそれぞれに流入する。そして、冷媒は、各第2扁平管10bを下端から上端に向かって流れた後、他方のヘッダ20で合流し、流出口20bから流出する。 When the heat exchanger functions as an evaporator of a refrigeration cycle device, refrigerant flows into one header 20 from the inlet 20a. The refrigerant that has flowed into one header 20 is distributed to each of the first flat tubes 10a, flows through each first flat tube 10a from the lower end toward the upper end, and then flows into the distributor 50. Although details of the distributor 50 will be described later, independent refrigerant flow paths are formed in the distributor 50 corresponding to each of the flat tubes 10. Therefore, the refrigerant flowing through each first flat tube 10a from the lower end to the upper end flows into each second flat tube 10b without mixing with the refrigerant flowing through other first flat tubes 10a in the distributor 50. Inflow. After the refrigerant flows through each second flat tube 10b from the lower end to the upper end, the refrigerant joins at the other header 20 and flows out from the outlet 20b.
[分配器50の構造]
 図9は、実施の形態2に係る熱交換器の分配器の分解斜視図である。図10は、実施の形態2に係る熱交換器の分配器を構成する各板状部材の平面図である。図10(a)は、第1板状部材の平面図である。図10(b)は、第2板状部材の平面図である。図10(c)は、第3板状部材の平面図である。図10(d)は、第4板状部材の平面図である。図10(e)は、第5板状部材の平面図である。分配器50は、図9及び図10に示したように第3方向に延びており、第3方向に並列する複数の扁平管10のそれぞれに対応して独立した冷媒流路を形成している。
[Structure of distributor 50]
FIG. 9 is an exploded perspective view of the distributor of the heat exchanger according to the second embodiment. FIG. 10 is a plan view of each plate member that constitutes the distributor of the heat exchanger according to the second embodiment. FIG. 10(a) is a plan view of the first plate member. FIG. 10(b) is a plan view of the second plate member. FIG. 10(c) is a plan view of the third plate member. FIG. 10(d) is a plan view of the fourth plate member. FIG. 10(e) is a plan view of the fifth plate member. The distributor 50 extends in the third direction as shown in FIGS. 9 and 10, and forms independent refrigerant flow paths corresponding to each of the plurality of flat tubes 10 arranged in parallel in the third direction. .
 分配器50の冷媒流路は、第1流路500A(図12参照)と、第2流路500B(図12参照)とを有している。第1流路500Aは、第1扁平管10aの風上側冷媒通路15aの冷媒を第2扁平管10bの風下側冷媒通路15bに導く流路である。第2流路500Bは、第1扁平管10aの風下側冷媒通路15bの冷媒を、第2扁平管10bの風上側冷媒通路15aに導く流路である。第1流路500A及び第2流路500Bは貫通孔で構成されており、以下、具体的な構成について説明する。 The refrigerant flow path of the distributor 50 has a first flow path 500A (see FIG. 12) and a second flow path 500B (see FIG. 12). The first flow path 500A is a flow path that guides the refrigerant in the windward refrigerant passage 15a of the first flat tube 10a to the leeward refrigerant passage 15b of the second flat tube 10b. The second flow path 500B is a flow path that guides the refrigerant in the leeward refrigerant passage 15b of the first flat tube 10a to the upwind refrigerant passage 15a of the second flat tube 10b. The first flow path 500A and the second flow path 500B are composed of through holes, and the specific configuration will be described below.
 分配器50は、第1板状部材510、第2板状部材520、第3板状部材530、第4板状部材540及び第5板状部材550を有している。第1板状部材510、第2板状部材520、第3板状部材530、第4板状部材540及び第5板状部材550は何れも、金属平板を用いて形成されている。 The distributor 50 includes a first plate member 510, a second plate member 520, a third plate member 530, a fourth plate member 540, and a fifth plate member 550. The first plate member 510, the second plate member 520, the third plate member 530, the fourth plate member 540, and the fifth plate member 550 are all formed using flat metal plates.
 第1板状部材510、第2板状部材520、第3板状部材530、第4板状部材540及び第5板状部材550は、第3方向に長い帯状の形状を有している。また、第1板状部材510、第2板状部材520、第3板状部材530、第4板状部材540及び第5板状部材550のそれぞれの外縁の輪郭は、互いに同一の形状を有している。第1板状部材510、第2板状部材520、第3板状部材530、第4板状部材540及び第5板状部材550は、それぞれの板厚方向が扁平管10の延伸方向と平行になるように配置されている。言い換えれば、第1板状部材510、第2板状部材520、第3板状部材530、第4板状部材540及び第5板状部材550は、それぞれ板面が扁平管10の延伸方向と垂直になるように配置されている。 The first plate member 510, the second plate member 520, the third plate member 530, the fourth plate member 540, and the fifth plate member 550 have a band-like shape that is long in the third direction. Further, the outer edges of the first plate member 510, the second plate member 520, the third plate member 530, the fourth plate member 540, and the fifth plate member 550 have the same shape. are doing. The first plate member 510, the second plate member 520, the third plate member 530, the fourth plate member 540, and the fifth plate member 550 have their thickness directions parallel to the extending direction of the flat tube 10. It is arranged so that In other words, the first plate member 510, the second plate member 520, the third plate member 530, the fourth plate member 540, and the fifth plate member 550 each have a plate surface that corresponds to the extending direction of the flat tube 10. arranged vertically.
 分配器50は、第1板状部材510、第2板状部材520、第3板状部材530、第4板状部材540及び第5板状部材550が、第1扁平管10aからの距離が近い方からこの順に積層された構成を有している。これら各板状部材のうち隣接する部材同士は、ろう付けによって接合されている。なお、図9及び図10には示していないが、分配器50は、実施の形態1と同様に第1扁平管10a及び第2扁平管10bのそれぞれの端部が挿入される挿入孔を備えた2枚の管挿入用板状部材を備えている。2枚の管挿入用板状部材の一方は、第1扁平管10aと第1板状部材510との間に配置され、2枚の板状部材の他方は、第2扁平管10bと第5板状部材550との間に配置される。 The distributor 50 has a first plate member 510, a second plate member 520, a third plate member 530, a fourth plate member 540, and a fifth plate member 550 at a distance from the first flat tube 10a. It has a structure in which the layers are stacked in this order from the closest one. Adjacent members among these plate-like members are joined by brazing. Although not shown in FIGS. 9 and 10, the distributor 50 includes insertion holes into which the respective ends of the first flat tube 10a and the second flat tube 10b are inserted, as in the first embodiment. It is equipped with two plate-like members for inserting tubes. One of the two tube insertion plate members is arranged between the first flat tube 10a and the first plate member 510, and the other of the two plate members is arranged between the second flat tube 10b and the fifth plate member 510. It is arranged between the plate member 550 and the plate member 550 .
 上記実施の形態1の分配器40は、合流部40aと気液分離部40bとを備えた構成であったが、実施の形態2の分配器50は、これらを備えていない。実施の形態2の分配器50は、乾き度の小さい冷媒を第2扁平管10bの風上側冷媒通路15aに導き、乾き度の大きい冷媒を第2扁平管10bの風下側冷媒通路15bに導くという点では実施の形態1の分配器40と共通しているが、その流れを形成する構成が異なる。 Although the distributor 40 of the first embodiment was configured to include a confluence section 40a and a gas-liquid separation section 40b, the distributor 50 of the second embodiment does not include these. The distributor 50 of the second embodiment guides refrigerant with a low degree of dryness to the windward side refrigerant passage 15a of the second flat tube 10b, and guides refrigerant with a high degree of dryness to the leeward side refrigerant passage 15b of the second flat tube 10b. This is common to the distributor 40 of Embodiment 1 in this respect, but the configuration for forming the flow is different.
 以下、分配器50において1本の扁平管10に対応する構成部分について、図9及び図10と、次の図11とを参照して説明する。 Hereinafter, the constituent parts of the distributor 50 that correspond to one flat tube 10 will be explained with reference to FIGS. 9 and 10 and the following FIG. 11.
 図11は、実施の形態2に係る熱交換器の分配器を構成する複数の板状部材のうち、隣り合う2枚の板状部材を重ねた状態を示す図である。図11(a)は、第1板状部材510と第2板状部材520とを重ねた状態を第2扁平管10b側から見た平面図である。図11(b)は、第2板状部材520と第3板状部材530とを重ねた状態を第2扁平管10b側から見た平面図である。図11(c)は、第3板状部材530と第4板状部材540とを重ねた状態を第2扁平管10b側から見た平面図である。図11(d)は、第4板状部材540と第5板状部材550とを重ねた状態を第2扁平管10b側から見た平面図である。 FIG. 11 is a diagram illustrating a state in which two adjacent plate members are stacked on top of each other among the plurality of plate members configuring the distributor of the heat exchanger according to the second embodiment. FIG. 11A is a plan view of the stacked state of the first plate member 510 and the second plate member 520, viewed from the second flat tube 10b side. FIG. 11(b) is a plan view of the stacked state of the second plate member 520 and the third plate member 530, viewed from the second flat tube 10b side. FIG. 11(c) is a plan view of a state in which the third plate member 530 and the fourth plate member 540 are stacked, viewed from the second flat tube 10b side. FIG. 11(d) is a plan view of the stacked state of the fourth plate-like member 540 and the fifth plate-like member 550, viewed from the second flat tube 10b side.
 分配器50には、以下に説明する構成が、第3方向に並列する複数の扁平管10の本数分、形成されているが、それぞれの構成は同じであるため、1本の扁平管10に対応する構成部分について説明する。図10及び図11において、点線で囲った部分が1本の扁平管10に対応する構成部分に相当する。 The configuration described below is formed in the distributor 50 for the number of flat tubes 10 arranged in parallel in the third direction, but since each configuration is the same, one flat tube 10 The corresponding components will be explained. In FIGS. 10 and 11, the portion surrounded by dotted lines corresponds to the component corresponding to one flat tube 10.
(第1板状部材510)
 第1板状部材510は、冷媒の入口となる第1貫通孔511を有している。第1貫通孔511は、第1板状部材510を第1板状部材510の板厚方向に貫通している。第1貫通孔511は、第1扁平管10aの外周形状と同様に扁平な開口形状を有している。第1貫通孔511の開口面積は、図9~図11に図示していない管挿入用板状部材に形成された第1扁平管10aの挿入孔の開口面積と同一又はそれより大きくなっている。
(First plate member 510)
The first plate member 510 has a first through hole 511 that serves as an inlet for the refrigerant. The first through hole 511 passes through the first plate member 510 in the thickness direction of the first plate member 510. The first through hole 511 has a flat opening shape similar to the outer peripheral shape of the first flat tube 10a. The opening area of the first through hole 511 is the same as or larger than the opening area of the insertion hole of the first flat tube 10a formed in the tube insertion plate member not shown in FIGS. 9 to 11. .
(第2板状部材520)
 第2板状部材520は、第1貫通孔511を通過した冷媒が通過する2つの第2貫通孔521a、521bを有している。第2貫通孔521a、521bのそれぞれは、第2板状部材520を第2板状部材520の板厚方向に貫通している。第2貫通孔521a、521bは同じ形状である。第2貫通孔521a、521bのそれぞれは矩形状であって、第3方向の長さが第1貫通孔511の第3方向の長さよりも長く、第2方向の長さが第1貫通孔511の第2方向の長さよりも短い。第2貫通孔521a、521bは、風上領域1aと風下領域1bとに分けて配置されている。風上領域1aの第2貫通孔521a(以下、風上側第2貫通孔521aという)と、風下領域1bの第2貫通孔521b(以下、風下側第2貫通孔521bという)と、は第3方向の位置が異なる。風上側第2貫通孔521aは、風下側第2貫通孔521bよりも左側、風下側第2貫通孔521bは、風上側第2貫通孔521aよりも右側に配置されている。
(Second plate member 520)
The second plate member 520 has two second through holes 521a and 521b through which the refrigerant that has passed through the first through hole 511 passes. Each of the second through holes 521a and 521b penetrates the second plate member 520 in the thickness direction of the second plate member 520. The second through holes 521a and 521b have the same shape. Each of the second through holes 521a and 521b has a rectangular shape, and the length in the third direction is longer than the length in the third direction of the first through hole 511, and the length in the second direction is longer than the length of the first through hole 511. shorter than the length in the second direction. The second through holes 521a and 521b are arranged separately in the windward region 1a and the leeward region 1b. The second through-hole 521a in the windward region 1a (hereinafter referred to as the second windward-side through-hole 521a) and the second through-hole 521b in the leeward region 1b (hereinafter referred to as the second leeward-side through-hole 521b) are The position of the direction is different. The windward side second through hole 521a is arranged on the left side of the leeward side second through hole 521b, and the leeward side second through hole 521b is arranged on the right side of the windward side second through hole 521a.
 第2板状部材520において風上側第2貫通孔521a及び風下側第2貫通孔521bが上記の配置及び形状で形成されていることにより、これら貫通孔内には、図10(b)において貫通孔内の実線矢印及び点線矢印で示すように、第3方向に互いに離れる方向に冷媒を流す流路を形成している。実線矢印及び点線矢印で示した冷媒の流れについては改めて説明する。 Since the windward side second through hole 521a and the leeward side second through hole 521b are formed in the above arrangement and shape in the second plate member 520, there is no through hole in these through holes as shown in FIG. 10(b). As shown by solid line arrows and dotted line arrows inside the holes, flow paths are formed in which the refrigerant flows in directions away from each other in the third direction. The flow of the refrigerant indicated by solid line arrows and dotted line arrows will be explained again.
(第3板状部材530)
 第3板状部材530は、第3貫通孔531a、531bの2つの貫通孔を有している。第3貫通孔531aは、風上側第2貫通孔521aを通過した冷媒が通過し、第3貫通孔531bは、風下側第2貫通孔521bを通過した冷媒が通過する。第3貫通孔531a、531bのそれぞれは、第3板状部材530を第3板状部材530の板厚方向に貫通している。第3貫通孔531a、531bは同じ形状である。第3貫通孔531a、531bのそれぞれは、第1貫通孔511と同様に扁平な開口形状を有している。第3貫通孔531a、531bは、第3方向に離間している。
(Third plate member 530)
The third plate member 530 has two through holes, third through holes 531a and 531b. The refrigerant that has passed through the second windward through hole 521a passes through the third through hole 531a, and the refrigerant that has passed through the second through hole 521b on the leeward side passes through the third through hole 531b. Each of the third through holes 531a and 531b penetrates the third plate member 530 in the thickness direction of the third plate member 530. The third through holes 531a and 531b have the same shape. Each of the third through holes 531a and 531b has a flat opening shape similarly to the first through hole 511. The third through holes 531a and 531b are spaced apart in the third direction.
 第3板状部材530において第3貫通孔531a、531bが上記の配置及び形状で形成されていることにより、第3貫通孔531a、531b内には、図10(c)において貫通孔内の実線矢印及び点線矢印で示すように、第2方向に互いに逆方向に冷媒を流す流路を形成している。実線矢印及び点線矢印で示した冷媒の流れについては改めて説明する。 Since the third through holes 531a and 531b are formed in the above arrangement and shape in the third plate-like member 530, the solid lines inside the through holes in FIG. As shown by arrows and dotted line arrows, flow paths are formed in which the refrigerant flows in mutually opposite directions in the second direction. The flow of the refrigerant indicated by solid line arrows and dotted line arrows will be explained again.
(第4板状部材540)
 第4板状部材540は、第4貫通孔541a、541bの2つの貫通孔を有している。第4貫通孔541aは、第3貫通孔531bを通過した冷媒が通過し、第4貫通孔541bは、第3貫通孔531aを通過した冷媒が通過する。第4貫通孔541a、541bのそれぞれは、第4板状部材540を第4板状部材540の板厚方向に貫通している。第4貫通孔541a、541bは同じ形状である。第4貫通孔541a、541bのそれぞれは矩形状であって、第3方向の長さが、第3貫通孔531a、531bの第3方向の長さよりも長く、第2方向の長さが、第3貫通孔531a、531bの第2方向の長さよりも短い。
(Fourth plate member 540)
The fourth plate member 540 has two through holes, fourth through holes 541a and 541b. The refrigerant that has passed through the third through hole 531b passes through the fourth through hole 541a, and the refrigerant that has passed through the third through hole 531a passes through the fourth through hole 541b. Each of the fourth through holes 541a and 541b penetrates the fourth plate member 540 in the thickness direction of the fourth plate member 540. The fourth through holes 541a and 541b have the same shape. Each of the fourth through holes 541a and 541b has a rectangular shape, and the length in the third direction is longer than the length in the third direction of the third through holes 531a and 531b, and the length in the second direction is longer than the length in the third direction. It is shorter than the length in the second direction of the three through holes 531a and 531b.
 第4貫通孔541a、541bは、風上領域1aと風下領域1bとに分けて配置されている。風上領域1aの第4貫通孔541aと風下領域1bの第4貫通孔541bとは第3方向の位置が異なる。風上領域1aの第4貫通孔541a(以下、風上側第4貫通孔541aという)は、風下領域1bの第4貫通孔541b(以下、風下側第4貫通孔541bという)よりも右側、風下側第4貫通孔541bは、風上側第4貫通孔541aよりも左側に配置されている。 The fourth through holes 541a and 541b are arranged separately in the windward region 1a and the leeward region 1b. The fourth through hole 541a in the windward region 1a and the fourth through hole 541b in the leeward region 1b have different positions in the third direction. The fourth through hole 541a in the windward region 1a (hereinafter referred to as the fourth through hole 541a on the windward side) is located on the right side and leeward of the fourth through hole 541b in the leeward region 1b (hereinafter referred to as the fourth through hole 541b on the leeward side). The fourth side through hole 541b is arranged on the left side of the windward side fourth through hole 541a.
 第4板状部材540において風上側第4貫通孔541a及び風下側第4貫通孔541bが上記の配置及び形状で形成されていることにより、これらの貫通孔内には、図10(d)において貫通孔内の矢印で示すように第3方向に互いに近づく方向に冷媒を流す流路を形成している。冷媒の流れについては改めて説明する。 In the fourth plate member 540, the windward side fourth through hole 541a and the leeward side fourth through hole 541b are formed in the above arrangement and shape, so that in these through holes, as shown in FIG. 10(d), As shown by the arrows in the through-hole, a flow path is formed in which the refrigerant flows in directions approaching each other in the third direction. The flow of refrigerant will be explained again.
(第5板状部材550)
 第5板状部材550は、冷媒の出口となる第5貫通孔551を有している。第5貫通孔551は、第5板状部材550を第5板状部材550の板厚方向に貫通している。第5貫通孔551は、第1扁平管10aの外周形状と同様に扁平な開口形状を有している。第5貫通孔551の開口面積は、第1板状部材510の第1貫通孔511の開口面積と同一となっている。
(Fifth plate member 550)
The fifth plate member 550 has a fifth through hole 551 that serves as an outlet for the refrigerant. The fifth through hole 551 passes through the fifth plate member 550 in the thickness direction of the fifth plate member 550. The fifth through hole 551 has a flat opening shape similar to the outer peripheral shape of the first flat tube 10a. The opening area of the fifth through hole 551 is the same as the opening area of the first through hole 511 of the first plate member 510.
 図11(a)に示すように、第1板状部材510と第2板状部材520とを重ねた状態では、第2板状部材520の風上側第2貫通孔521aは、右側領域で第1貫通孔511の風上領域1aに重なって連通する。一方、第2板状部材520の風下側第2貫通孔521bは、左側領域で第1貫通孔511の風下領域1bと重なって連通する。図11の点線で囲った構成部分において、第1方向に隣り合う貫通孔同士が重なって連通している部分をドットで示している。 As shown in FIG. 11(a), when the first plate member 510 and the second plate member 520 are overlapped, the second through hole 521a on the windward side of the second plate member 520 is located in the right side area. It overlaps and communicates with the windward region 1a of the 1 through hole 511. On the other hand, the second through hole 521b on the leeward side of the second plate member 520 overlaps and communicates with the leeward region 1b of the first through hole 511 in the left side region. In the component surrounded by the dotted line in FIG. 11, dots indicate portions where through holes adjacent to each other in the first direction overlap and communicate with each other.
 このように、第1板状部材510と第2板状部材520とを重ねることで第1方向に隣り合う貫通孔同士が部分的に連通し、第1扁平管10aから流出した冷媒が流入する流路において、風上側の流路と、風下側の流路とが独立して形成される。 In this way, by overlapping the first plate member 510 and the second plate member 520, the through holes adjacent in the first direction are partially communicated with each other, and the refrigerant flowing out from the first flat tube 10a flows in. In the flow path, a windward side flow path and a leeward side flow path are formed independently.
 図11(b)に示すように、第2板状部材520と第3板状部材530とを重ねた状態では、第3板状部材530の第3貫通孔531aは、風上領域1aで風上側第2貫通孔521aの左側領域に重なって連通する。一方、第3板状部材530の第3貫通孔531bは、風下領域で風下側第2貫通孔521bの右側領域に重なって連通する。 As shown in FIG. 11(b), when the second plate member 520 and the third plate member 530 are overlapped, the third through hole 531a of the third plate member 530 is located in the windward region 1a. It overlaps and communicates with the left side region of the upper second through hole 521a. On the other hand, the third through hole 531b of the third plate member 530 overlaps and communicates with the right side region of the leeward second through hole 521b in the leeward region.
 図11(c)に示すように、第3板状部材530と第4板状部材540とを重ねた状態では、第4板状部材540の風下側第4貫通孔541bは、左側領域で第3貫通孔531aの風下領域1bに重なって連通する。一方、第4板状部材540の風上側第4貫通孔541aは、右側領域で第3貫通孔531bの風上領域1aに重なって連通する。 As shown in FIG. 11(c), when the third plate member 530 and the fourth plate member 540 are overlapped, the fourth through hole 541b on the leeward side of the fourth plate member 540 is located in the left side area. It overlaps and communicates with the leeward region 1b of the No. 3 through hole 531a. On the other hand, the fourth through hole 541a on the windward side of the fourth plate member 540 overlaps and communicates with the windward region 1a of the third through hole 531b in the right region.
 図11(d)に示すように、第4板状部材540と第5板状部材550とを重ねた状態では、第5板状部材550の第5貫通孔551は、風上領域1aで風上側第4貫通孔541aの左側領域に連通し、風下領域1bで風下側第4貫通孔541bの右側領域に連通する。 As shown in FIG. 11(d), when the fourth plate member 540 and the fifth plate member 550 are overlapped, the fifth through hole 551 of the fifth plate member 550 is located in the windward region 1a. It communicates with the left side region of the upper fourth through hole 541a, and communicates with the right side region of the leeward fourth through hole 541b in the leeward region 1b.
 以上のように形成された、第1板状部材510、第2板状部材520、第3板状部材530、第4板状部材540及び第5板状部材550を重ねることで、各板状部材に形成された貫通孔が部分的に連通し、第1流路500Aと第2流路500Bとを形成している。具体的には、第1流路500Aは、後述の図12において点線矢印に示すように冷媒が流れる流路である。第1流路500Aは、第1貫通孔511、風上側第2貫通孔521a、風上側第2貫通孔521aに連通する第3貫通孔531a、風下側第4貫通孔541b及び第5貫通孔551で形成される。第2流路500Bは、後述の図12において実線矢印に示すように冷媒が流れる流路である。第2流路500Bは、第1貫通孔511、風下側第2貫通孔521b、風下側第2貫通孔521bに連通する第3貫通孔531b、風上側第4貫通孔541a及び第5貫通孔551で形成される。 By stacking the first plate-like member 510, second plate-like member 520, third plate-like member 530, fourth plate-like member 540, and fifth plate-like member 550 formed as described above, each plate-like member The through holes formed in the member partially communicate with each other to form a first flow path 500A and a second flow path 500B. Specifically, the first flow path 500A is a flow path through which the refrigerant flows as shown by a dotted arrow in FIG. 12, which will be described later. The first flow path 500A includes a first through hole 511, a second windward through hole 521a, a third through hole 531a communicating with the second windward through hole 521a, a fourth through hole 541b on the leeward side, and a fifth through hole 551. is formed. The second flow path 500B is a flow path through which the refrigerant flows as shown by solid arrows in FIG. 12, which will be described later. The second flow path 500B includes a first through hole 511, a second through hole 521b on the leeward side, a third through hole 531b communicating with the second through hole 521b on the leeward side, a fourth through hole 541a on the windward side, and a fifth through hole 551. is formed.
[分配器50における冷媒の流れ及び分配器50の作用]
 図12は、実施の形態2に係る熱交換器の分配器の一流路の冷媒の流れの説明図である。第1板状部材510の第1貫通孔511には、第1扁平管10aの各冷媒通路15から流出した冷媒が流入する。ここで、第1扁平管10aの風上側冷媒通路15aを通過した冷媒は、乾き度の大きい冷媒、風下側冷媒通路15bを通過した冷媒は、乾き度の小さい冷媒となっている。よって、点線矢印は乾き度の大きい冷媒を示し、実線矢印は乾き度の小さい冷媒を示している。図12の点線矢印及び実線矢印は、図11の点線矢印及び実線矢印に対応している。
[Flow of refrigerant in distributor 50 and action of distributor 50]
FIG. 12 is an explanatory diagram of the flow of refrigerant in the first channel of the distributor of the heat exchanger according to the second embodiment. The refrigerant flowing out from each refrigerant passage 15 of the first flat tube 10a flows into the first through hole 511 of the first plate member 510. Here, the refrigerant that has passed through the windward refrigerant passage 15a of the first flat tube 10a has a high dryness, and the refrigerant that has passed through the leeward refrigerant passage 15b has a low dryness. Therefore, the dotted line arrow indicates a refrigerant with a high degree of dryness, and the solid line arrow indicates a refrigerant with a low degree of dryness. The dotted line arrows and solid line arrows in FIG. 12 correspond to the dotted line arrows and solid line arrows in FIG.
(乾き度の大きい冷媒の流れ)
 乾き度の大きい冷媒は、第1流路500Aを流れる。すなわち、第1板状部材510の第1貫通孔511の風上領域1aから流出した乾き度の大きい冷媒は、まず、第2板状部材520の風上側第2貫通孔521aの右側領域に流入した後、点線矢印に示すように風上側第2貫通孔521aの左側領域へ向かって流れる。風上側第2貫通孔521aの左側領域へ流れた冷媒は、第3板状部材530の第3貫通孔531aの風上領域1aに流入し、点線矢印で示すように第3貫通孔531aの風下領域1bに向かって流れる。第3貫通孔531aの風下領域1bに向かって流れた冷媒は、第4板状部材540の風下側第4貫通孔541bの左側領域に流入し、点線矢印に示すように風下側第4貫通孔541bの右側領域へ向かって流れる。風下側第4貫通孔541bの右側領域へ向かって流れた冷媒は、第5板状部材550の第5貫通孔551の風下領域1bを通過して、分配器50から流出する。分配器50から流出した冷媒、ここでは乾き度の大きい冷媒は、第2扁平管10bの風下側冷媒通路15bに流入する。
(Flow of highly dry refrigerant)
A refrigerant with a high degree of dryness flows through the first flow path 500A. That is, the refrigerant having a high degree of dryness flowing out from the windward region 1a of the first through hole 511 of the first plate member 510 first flows into the right region of the windward side second through hole 521a of the second plate member 520. After that, it flows toward the left side region of the windward side second through hole 521a as shown by the dotted line arrow. The refrigerant that has flowed to the left side region of the second through hole 521a on the windward side flows into the windward region 1a of the third through hole 531a of the third plate member 530, and flows to the leeward side of the third through hole 531a as shown by the dotted arrow. It flows towards region 1b. The refrigerant flowing toward the leeward region 1b of the third through hole 531a flows into the left region of the leeward fourth through hole 541b of the fourth plate member 540, and as shown by the dotted line arrow, the refrigerant flows into the leeward fourth through hole 541b of the fourth plate member 540. Flows toward the right region of 541b. The refrigerant flowing toward the right side region of the fourth leeward through hole 541b passes through the leeward region 1b of the fifth through hole 551 of the fifth plate member 550, and flows out from the distributor 50. The refrigerant flowing out from the distributor 50, here the refrigerant having a high degree of dryness, flows into the leeward refrigerant passage 15b of the second flat tube 10b.
(乾き度の小さい冷媒の流れ)
 乾き度の小さい冷媒は、第2流路500Bを流れる。すなわち、第1板状部材510の第1貫通孔511の風下領域1bから流出した乾き度の小さい冷媒は、第2板状部材520の風下側第2貫通孔521bの左側領域に流入した後、実線矢印に示すように風下側第2貫通孔521bの右側領域へ向かって流れる。風下側第2貫通孔521bの右側領域へ向かって流れた冷媒は、第3板状部材530の第3貫通孔531bの風下領域1bに流入し、実線矢印で示すように第3貫通孔531bの風上領域1aに向かって流れる。第3貫通孔531bの風上領域1aに向かって流れた冷媒は、第4板状部材540の風上側第4貫通孔541aの右側領域に流入し、実線矢印に示すように風上側第4貫通孔541aの左側領域へ向かって流れる。風上側第4貫通孔541aの左側領域へ向かって流れた冷媒は、第5板状部材550の第5貫通孔551の風上領域1aを通過して、分配器50から流出する。分配器50から流出した冷媒、ここでは乾き度の小さい冷媒は、第2扁平管10bの風上側冷媒通路15aに流入する。
(flow of refrigerant with low dryness)
The refrigerant with low dryness flows through the second flow path 500B. That is, after the refrigerant with low dryness flowing out from the leeward region 1b of the first through hole 511 of the first plate member 510 flows into the left region of the leeward side second through hole 521b of the second plate member 520, As shown by the solid line arrow, it flows toward the right region of the leeward second through hole 521b. The refrigerant flowing toward the right side area of the second leeward through hole 521b flows into the leeward area 1b of the third through hole 531b of the third plate member 530, and as shown by the solid arrow, the refrigerant flows into the leeward area 1b of the third through hole 531b of the third plate member 530. It flows toward the windward region 1a. The refrigerant flowing toward the windward region 1a of the third through hole 531b flows into the right region of the windward side fourth through hole 541a of the fourth plate member 540, and as shown by the solid line arrow, the refrigerant flows into the windward side fourth through hole 541a of the fourth plate member 540. It flows toward the left side region of the hole 541a. The refrigerant that has flowed toward the left side region of the fourth through hole 541 a on the windward side passes through the windward region 1 a of the fifth through hole 551 of the fifth plate member 550 and flows out from the distributor 50 . The refrigerant flowing out from the distributor 50, here a refrigerant with a low degree of dryness, flows into the upwind refrigerant passage 15a of the second flat tube 10b.
(分配器50の作用)
 このように、分配器50は、第1扁平管10aの風上側冷媒通路15aから流出した乾き度の大きい冷媒を第2扁平管10bの風下側冷媒通路15bに導く。また、分配器50は、第1扁平管10aの風下側冷媒通路15bから流出した乾き度の小さい冷媒を第2扁平管10bの風上側冷媒通路15aに導く。つまり、分配器50は、分配器50内に形成された冷媒流路の出口(第5貫通孔551)において、冷媒流路の出口の風上領域1aから流出する冷媒の乾き度と、冷媒流路の出口の風下領域1bから流出する冷媒の乾き度とを、冷媒流路の入口(第1貫通孔511)から流入したときの風上領域1aと風下領域1bとにおける冷媒の乾き度の大小とは逆にして流出させる。
(Effect of distributor 50)
In this way, the distributor 50 guides the highly dry refrigerant flowing out from the windward refrigerant passage 15a of the first flat tube 10a to the leeward refrigerant passage 15b of the second flat tube 10b. Moreover, the distributor 50 guides the refrigerant having a low degree of dryness flowing out from the leeward side refrigerant passage 15b of the first flat tube 10a to the windward side refrigerant passage 15a of the second flat tube 10b. In other words, the distributor 50 determines the dryness of the refrigerant flowing out from the windward region 1a of the outlet of the refrigerant flow path and the refrigerant flow at the outlet of the refrigerant flow path (fifth through hole 551) formed in the distributor 50. The dryness of the refrigerant flowing out from the leeward region 1b at the outlet of the refrigerant flow path is defined as the degree of dryness of the refrigerant in the windward region 1a and the leeward region 1b when it flows in from the entrance of the refrigerant flow path (first through hole 511). It flows out in the opposite direction.
[乾き度の変化]
 図13は、実施の形態2に係る熱交換器の流入口から流出口に至るまでの冷媒の乾き度の変化を示す図である。横軸は第1方向の位置を示し、縦軸は冷媒の乾き度を示している。図13において、実線は熱交換器において風上領域1aを流れる冷媒、一点鎖線は熱交換器において風下領域1bを流れる冷媒を示している。
[Change in dryness]
FIG. 13 is a diagram showing a change in the dryness of the refrigerant from the inlet to the outlet of the heat exchanger according to the second embodiment. The horizontal axis indicates the position in the first direction, and the vertical axis indicates the dryness of the refrigerant. In FIG. 13, the solid line indicates the refrigerant flowing in the windward region 1a of the heat exchanger, and the dashed line indicates the refrigerant flowing in the leeward region 1b of the heat exchanger.
 実施の形態2の熱交換器は、上述したように分配器50部分で乾き度の小さい冷媒と乾き度の大きい冷媒とが、風上領域1aと風下領域1bとで入れ替わる。このため、図13に示すように、風上領域1aを流れる冷媒と風下領域1bを流れる冷媒とのそれぞれの冷媒の乾き度は、分配器50の出口において分配器50の入口での乾き度を引き継いで風上領域1aと風下領域1bとで入れ替わっている。その結果、熱交換器の流入口20aから分配器50に至る間において乾き度の小さい、風下領域1bを流れる冷媒が、分配器50を通過後、蒸発が促進されて乾き度が上昇している。これにより、実施の形態2の熱交換器は、分配器50を設けない場合に比べて、分配器50を通過後の第2扁平管10bの熱伝達率を向上でき、熱交換器全体としての熱交換効率を向上できる。 In the heat exchanger of the second embodiment, as described above, in the distributor 50 portion, the refrigerant with low dryness and the refrigerant with high dryness are exchanged between the windward region 1a and the leeward region 1b. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 13, the dryness of the refrigerant flowing in the windward region 1a and the refrigerant flowing in the leeward region 1b is different from the dryness at the inlet of the distributor 50 at the outlet of the distributor 50. Subsequently, the windward region 1a and the leeward region 1b are switched. As a result, the refrigerant flowing in the leeward region 1b, which has a low degree of dryness between the inlet 20a of the heat exchanger and the distributor 50, is evaporated and its dryness increases after passing through the distributor 50. . As a result, the heat exchanger of the second embodiment can improve the heat transfer coefficient of the second flat tube 10b after passing through the distributor 50, compared to the case where the distributor 50 is not provided, and the heat exchanger as a whole can improve the heat transfer coefficient of the second flat tube 10b after passing through the distributor 50. Heat exchange efficiency can be improved.
 なお、上記では、熱交換器が蒸発器として機能する場合について説明したが、冷凍サイクル装置の凝縮器として機能するように用いても良い。熱交換器が冷凍サイクル装置の凝縮器として機能する場合は、上記と冷媒の流れる方向が逆となる。つまり、流出口20bからヘッダ20に冷媒が流入し、冷媒は、第2扁平管10b、分配器50、第1扁平管10aを流れた後、ヘッダ20に流入し、流入口20aから流出する。このとき、分配器50は、熱交換器が蒸発器として用いられる場合とは逆に、分配器50の後流となる第1扁平管10aの風上側冷媒通路15aに乾き度の大きい冷媒を導き、第1扁平管10aの風下側冷媒通路15bに乾き度の小さい冷媒を導く。これは、熱交換器が凝縮器として機能する場合、入口側となる第2扁平管10bの風上側冷媒通路15aから流出する冷媒の乾き度が小さく、第2扁平管10bの風下側冷媒通路15bから流出する冷媒の乾き度が大きいためである。 Note that although the case where the heat exchanger functions as an evaporator has been described above, it may also be used to function as a condenser of a refrigeration cycle device. When the heat exchanger functions as a condenser of a refrigeration cycle device, the direction in which the refrigerant flows is opposite to that described above. That is, the refrigerant flows into the header 20 from the outlet 20b, flows through the second flat tube 10b, the distributor 50, and the first flat tube 10a, flows into the header 20, and flows out from the inlet 20a. At this time, the distributor 50 guides refrigerant with a high degree of dryness to the windward side refrigerant passage 15a of the first flat tube 10a, which is the downstream side of the distributor 50, contrary to the case where the heat exchanger is used as an evaporator. , a refrigerant with a low degree of dryness is introduced into the leeward refrigerant passage 15b of the first flat tube 10a. This is because when the heat exchanger functions as a condenser, the dryness of the refrigerant flowing out from the windward side refrigerant passage 15a of the second flat tube 10b, which is the inlet side, is small, and This is because the dryness of the refrigerant flowing out is large.
[実施の形態2の効果]
 以上説明したように、実施の形態2に係る熱交換器において、分配器50の冷媒流路は、第1流路500Aと第2流路500Bとを有する。第1流路500Aは、第1扁平管10aの風上側冷媒通路15aの冷媒を、第2扁平管10bの風下側冷媒通路15bに導く流路である。第2流路500Bは、第1扁平管10aの風下側冷媒通路15bの冷媒を、第2扁平管10bの風上側冷媒通路15aに導く流路である。
[Effects of Embodiment 2]
As explained above, in the heat exchanger according to the second embodiment, the refrigerant flow path of the distributor 50 includes the first flow path 500A and the second flow path 500B. The first flow path 500A is a flow path that guides the refrigerant in the windward refrigerant passage 15a of the first flat tube 10a to the leeward refrigerant passage 15b of the second flat tube 10b. The second flow path 500B is a flow path that guides the refrigerant in the leeward refrigerant passage 15b of the first flat tube 10a to the upwind refrigerant passage 15a of the second flat tube 10b.
 上記構成により、実施の形態2の熱交換器は、第2扁平管10bの熱伝達率を向上でき、結果として熱交換器全体としての熱交換効率を向上できる。 With the above configuration, the heat exchanger of the second embodiment can improve the heat transfer coefficient of the second flat tube 10b, and as a result, the heat exchange efficiency of the heat exchanger as a whole can be improved.
実施の形態3.
 実施の形態3の熱交換器は、分配器の構成が実施の形態2と異なる。その他の構成については実施の形態2と同一又は同等である。以下、実施の形態3が実施の形態2と異なる構成を中心に説明するものとし、実施の形態3で説明されていない構成は実施の形態2と同様である。
Embodiment 3.
The heat exchanger of the third embodiment differs from the second embodiment in the configuration of the distributor. The other configurations are the same or equivalent to those of the second embodiment. Hereinafter, the structure of the third embodiment that is different from the second embodiment will be mainly explained, and the structures that are not explained in the third embodiment are the same as those of the second embodiment.
 図14は、実施の形態3に係る熱交換器の分配器を構成する各板状部材の平面図である。図14(a)は第1板状部材の平面図である。図14(b)は第2板状部材の平面図である。図14(c)は第3板状部材の平面図である。図14(d)は第4板状部材の平面図である。図14(e)は第5板状部材の平面図である。 FIG. 14 is a plan view of each plate member that constitutes the distributor of the heat exchanger according to the third embodiment. FIG. 14(a) is a plan view of the first plate member. FIG. 14(b) is a plan view of the second plate member. FIG. 14(c) is a plan view of the third plate member. FIG. 14(d) is a plan view of the fourth plate member. FIG. 14(e) is a plan view of the fifth plate member.
 実施の形態3の分配器50は、実施の形態2の分配器50において第2板状部材520及び第4板状部材540に設けた貫通孔の大きさが異なる構成を有する。具体的には、第2板状部材520は、風上側第2貫通孔521aが風下側第2貫通孔521bよりも大きい開口面積を有する。また、第4板状部材540は、風下側第4貫通孔541bが風上側第2貫通孔521aよりも大きい開口面積を有する。開口面積を大きくした風上側第2貫通孔521a及び風下側第4貫通孔541bは何れも、乾き度の大きい冷媒が通過する貫通孔である。つまり、実施の形態3の分配器50は、乾き度の大きな冷媒が通過する第1流路500Aの流路断面積の一部が、乾き度の小さな冷媒が通過する第2流路500Bの流路断面積の一部よりも大きい構成を有する。 The distributor 50 of the third embodiment has a configuration in which the sizes of through holes provided in the second plate member 520 and the fourth plate member 540 are different from those of the distributor 50 of the second embodiment. Specifically, in the second plate member 520, the windward side second through hole 521a has a larger opening area than the leeward side second through hole 521b. Further, in the fourth plate member 540, the fourth through hole 541b on the leeward side has a larger opening area than the second through hole 521a on the windward side. Both the windward-side second through-hole 521a and the leeward-side fourth through-hole 541b, which have a larger opening area, are through-holes through which a refrigerant with a high degree of dryness passes. In other words, in the distributor 50 of the third embodiment, a part of the cross-sectional area of the first flow path 500A through which the refrigerant with high dryness passes is a part of the cross-sectional area of the second flow path 500B through which the refrigerant with low dryness passes. It has a configuration larger than a part of the road cross-sectional area.
 上記構成の作用について説明する。乾き度の大きい冷媒は、乾き度が小さい冷媒に比べて密度が低く、流速が増加するため、圧力損失が増大する。上記構成では第2板状部材520及び第4板状部材540において、乾き度の大きい冷媒が通過する貫通孔の開口面積を乾き度の小さい冷媒が通過する貫通孔よりも大きくしたことで、分配器通過時の冷媒の圧力損失を低減できる。 The operation of the above configuration will be explained. A refrigerant with a high degree of dryness has a lower density than a refrigerant with a low degree of dryness, and its flow rate increases, resulting in an increase in pressure loss. In the above configuration, in the second plate-like member 520 and the fourth plate-like member 540, the opening area of the through-hole through which the refrigerant with high dryness passes is made larger than the through-hole through which the refrigerant with low dryness passes. It is possible to reduce the pressure loss of the refrigerant when it passes through the container.
[実施の形態3の効果]
 以上説明したように、実施の形態3の熱交換器は、実施の形態2と同様の効果が得られると共に、実施の形態2の熱交換器に比べて、分配器通過時の冷媒の圧力損失を低減できる。
[Effects of Embodiment 3]
As explained above, the heat exchanger of Embodiment 3 can obtain the same effects as Embodiment 2, and the pressure loss of the refrigerant when passing through the distributor is greater than the heat exchanger of Embodiment 2. can be reduced.
実施の形態4.
 上記実施の形態1~実施の形態3では、分配器において冷媒が一方向に流れる構成であった。実施の形態4は、分配器において冷媒が一方向に流れた後、逆方向に折り返すように流れる構成を有する。以下、実施の形態4が実施の形態1~実施の形態3と異なる構成を中心に説明するものとし、実施の形態4で説明されていない構成は実施の形態1~実施の形態3と同様である。
Embodiment 4.
In the first to third embodiments described above, the refrigerant flows in one direction in the distributor. Embodiment 4 has a configuration in which the refrigerant flows in one direction in the distributor and then flows back in the opposite direction. The following will mainly explain the configurations of Embodiment 4 that are different from Embodiments 1 to 3, and the configurations not described in Embodiment 4 are the same as Embodiments 1 to 3. be.
 図15は、実施の形態4に係る熱交換器の概略斜視図である。実施の形態4の熱交換器は、第1熱交換部60と、第2熱交換部70と、一対のヘッダ20と、分配器80と、を備えている。 FIG. 15 is a schematic perspective view of a heat exchanger according to Embodiment 4. The heat exchanger of the fourth embodiment includes a first heat exchange section 60, a second heat exchange section 70, a pair of headers 20, and a distributor 80.
 第1熱交換部60は、間隔をおいて配列され、冷媒を流通させる複数の第1扁平管10aと、複数のフィン30とを備えている。複数の第1扁平管10aのそれぞれは、水平方向に延伸している。複数の第1扁平管10aは、互いに上下方向に間隔をおいて並列している。 The first heat exchange section 60 includes a plurality of first flat tubes 10a arranged at intervals and through which refrigerant flows, and a plurality of fins 30. Each of the plurality of first flat tubes 10a extends in the horizontal direction. The plurality of first flat tubes 10a are arranged in parallel at intervals in the vertical direction.
 第2熱交換部70は、第1熱交換部60と同様の構成を有する。第2熱交換部70は、間隔をおいて配列され、冷媒を流通させる複数の第2扁平管10bと、複数のフィン30とを備えている。複数の第2扁平管10bのそれぞれは、水平方向に延伸している。複数の第2扁平管10bは、互いに上下方向に間隔をおいて並列している。 The second heat exchange section 70 has a similar configuration to the first heat exchange section 60. The second heat exchange section 70 includes a plurality of second flat tubes 10b arranged at intervals and through which a refrigerant flows, and a plurality of fins 30. Each of the plurality of second flat tubes 10b extends in the horizontal direction. The plurality of second flat tubes 10b are arranged in parallel at intervals in the vertical direction.
 第1扁平管10a及び第2扁平管10bは、上記図2に示した形状を有する。また、第1熱交換部60及び第2熱交換部70において、フィン30は、図15では板状フィンの例を示しているが、コルゲートフィンでもよい。また、熱交換器は、フィン30を備えていないフィンレス熱交換器であってもよい。なお、以下において第1扁平管10aと第2扁平管10bとを区別しないときは、扁平管10と総称する。 The first flat tube 10a and the second flat tube 10b have the shapes shown in FIG. 2 above. Further, in the first heat exchange section 60 and the second heat exchange section 70, the fins 30 are illustrated as plate-shaped fins in FIG. 15, but may be corrugated fins. Further, the heat exchanger may be a finless heat exchanger that does not include the fins 30. In addition, below, when the 1st flat tube 10a and the 2nd flat tube 10b are not distinguished, they are collectively called the flat tube 10.
 一対のヘッダ20は、第1熱交換部60及び第2熱交換部70のそれぞれの第1方向の端部に配置されている。一対のヘッダ20は、第3方向に延伸している。 The pair of headers 20 are arranged at the ends of each of the first heat exchange section 60 and the second heat exchange section 70 in the first direction. The pair of headers 20 extend in the third direction.
 第1熱交換部60の複数の第1扁平管10aの左端は、分配器80に接続され、複数の第1扁平管10aの右端は、一対のヘッダ20のうち、風上側のヘッダ20に接続されている。第2熱交換部70の複数の第2扁平管10bの左端は、分配器80に接続され、複数の第2扁平管10bの右端は、一対のヘッダ20のうち、風下側のヘッダ20に接続されている。 The left end of the plurality of first flat tubes 10a of the first heat exchange section 60 is connected to the distributor 80, and the right end of the plurality of first flat tubes 10a is connected to the windward side header 20 of the pair of headers 20. has been done. The left ends of the plurality of second flat tubes 10b of the second heat exchange section 70 are connected to the distributor 80, and the right ends of the plurality of second flat tubes 10b are connected to the leeward side header 20 of the pair of headers 20. has been done.
 分配器80は、第3方向に延伸しており、第1熱交換部60及び第2熱交換部70の左端に、第1熱交換部60及び第2熱交換部70を跨ぐように配置されている。分配器80は、第1扁平管10a及び第2扁平管10bの第1方向の同一側の一端、具体的には左端に接続されている。分配器80は、上記各実施の形態の分配器と同様の機能を有する。つまり、分配器80は、冷媒流路の出口の風上領域1aから流出する冷媒の乾き度と、冷媒流路の出口の風下領域1bから流出する冷媒の乾き度とを、冷媒流路の入口から流入したときの風上領域1aと風下領域1bとにおける冷媒の前記乾き度の大小とは逆にして流出させる。なお、実施の形態4では、第1熱交換部60を風上領域、第2熱交換部70を風下領域としてみるのではなく、第1熱交換部60及び第2熱交換部70のそれぞれについて、風上領域と風下領域とがあるものとする。 The distributor 80 extends in the third direction and is arranged at the left end of the first heat exchange section 60 and the second heat exchange section 70 so as to straddle the first heat exchange section 60 and the second heat exchange section 70. ing. The distributor 80 is connected to one end of the first flat tube 10a and the second flat tube 10b on the same side in the first direction, specifically, to the left end. The distributor 80 has the same functions as the distributors in each of the embodiments described above. In other words, the distributor 80 converts the dryness of the refrigerant flowing out from the upwind region 1a of the outlet of the refrigerant flow path and the dryness of the refrigerant flowing out from the leeward region 1b of the exit of the refrigerant flow path into The degree of dryness of the refrigerant in the windward region 1a and the leeward region 1b when it flows in is opposite to that of the refrigerant when it flows out. In addition, in the fourth embodiment, instead of considering the first heat exchange section 60 as an upwind region and the second heat exchange section 70 as a leeward region, each of the first heat exchange section 60 and the second heat exchange section 70 is , it is assumed that there is an upwind region and a leeward region.
 熱交換器が冷凍サイクル装置の蒸発器として機能する場合、冷媒が流入口20aから風上側のヘッダ20に流入する。風上側のヘッダ20に流入した冷媒は、複数の第1扁平管10aのそれぞれに分配されて各第1扁平管10aを右端から左端に向かって流れた後、分配器80に流入する。分配器80に流入した冷媒は、分配器80内を右から左に流れた後、逆方向に折り返すように流れる。 When the heat exchanger functions as an evaporator of the refrigeration cycle device, the refrigerant flows into the header 20 on the windward side from the inlet 20a. The refrigerant that has flowed into the header 20 on the windward side is distributed to each of the plurality of first flat tubes 10a, flows through each first flat tube 10a from the right end to the left end, and then flows into the distributor 80. The refrigerant that has flowed into the distributor 80 flows from right to left within the distributor 80, and then flows back in the opposite direction.
 分配器80の詳細については後述するが、分配器80には、第3方向に並列した各扁平管10に対応して独立の冷媒流路が形成されている。このため、各第1扁平管10aを右端から左端に向かって流れた冷媒は、分配器80において他の第1扁平管10aを流れた冷媒と混ざることなく、分配器80内を折り返して流れ、各第2扁平管10bに流入する。そして、冷媒は、各第2扁平管10bを左端から右端に向かって流れた後、風下側のヘッダ20で合流し、流出口20bから流出する。熱交換器が冷凍サイクル装置の凝縮器として機能する場合は、上記と冷媒の流れる方向が逆となる。 Although details of the distributor 80 will be described later, independent refrigerant flow paths are formed in the distributor 80 corresponding to each of the flat tubes 10 arranged in parallel in the third direction. Therefore, the refrigerant flowing through each first flat tube 10a from the right end to the left end turns around and flows inside the distributor 80 without mixing with the refrigerant that has flowed through the other first flat tubes 10a in the distributor 80, It flows into each second flat tube 10b. After the refrigerant flows through each second flat tube 10b from the left end to the right end, the refrigerant joins at the header 20 on the leeward side and flows out from the outlet 20b. When the heat exchanger functions as a condenser of a refrigeration cycle device, the direction in which the refrigerant flows is opposite to that described above.
[分配器80の構造]
 図16は、実施の形態4に係る熱交換器の分配器の分解斜視図である。図17は、実施の形態4に係る熱交換器の分配器を構成する各板状部材の平面図である。図17(a)は第1板状部材の平面図である。図17(b)は第2板状部材の平面図である。図17(c)は第3板状部材の平面図である。図17(d)は第4板状部材の平面図である。分配器80は、図16及び図17に示したように第3方向に延びており、第3方向に並列する複数の扁平管10のそれぞれに対応して独立した冷媒流路を形成している。
[Structure of distributor 80]
FIG. 16 is an exploded perspective view of the distributor of the heat exchanger according to the fourth embodiment. FIG. 17 is a plan view of each plate member forming the distributor of the heat exchanger according to the fourth embodiment. FIG. 17(a) is a plan view of the first plate member. FIG. 17(b) is a plan view of the second plate member. FIG. 17(c) is a plan view of the third plate member. FIG. 17(d) is a plan view of the fourth plate member. The distributor 80 extends in the third direction as shown in FIGS. 16 and 17, and forms independent refrigerant flow paths corresponding to each of the plurality of flat tubes 10 arranged in parallel in the third direction. .
 分配器80の冷媒流路は、第1流路800A(図19参照)と、第2流路800B(図19参照)とを有している。第1流路800A及び第2流路800Bは、第1扁平管10aの左端から流出した冷媒を第1方向に流した後、第2扁平管10bの左端に向けて逆方向に折り返すように流す流路である。第1流路800Aは、第1扁平管10aの風上側冷媒通路15aから流出した冷媒を、第2扁平管10bの風下側冷媒通路15bに流入させる流路である。第2流路800Bは、第1扁平管10aの風下側冷媒通路15bから流出した冷媒を第2扁平管10bの風上側冷媒通路15aに流入させる流路である。第1流路800A及び第2流路800Bは貫通孔で構成されており、以下、具体的な構成について説明する。 The refrigerant flow path of the distributor 80 has a first flow path 800A (see FIG. 19) and a second flow path 800B (see FIG. 19). The first flow path 800A and the second flow path 800B allow the refrigerant flowing out from the left end of the first flat tube 10a to flow in the first direction, and then flow back in the opposite direction toward the left end of the second flat tube 10b. It is a flow path. The first flow path 800A is a flow path that causes the refrigerant flowing out from the windward refrigerant passage 15a of the first flat tube 10a to flow into the leeward refrigerant passage 15b of the second flat tube 10b. The second flow path 800B is a flow path that causes the refrigerant flowing out from the leeward refrigerant passage 15b of the first flat tube 10a to flow into the upwind refrigerant passage 15a of the second flat tube 10b. The first flow path 800A and the second flow path 800B are composed of through holes, and the specific configuration will be described below.
 分配器80は、第1板状部材810、第2板状部材820、第3板状部材830及び第4板状部材840を有している。第1板状部材810、第2板状部材820、第3板状部材830及び第4板状部材840は何れも、金属平板を用いて形成されている。 The distributor 80 has a first plate member 810, a second plate member 820, a third plate member 830, and a fourth plate member 840. The first plate member 810, the second plate member 820, the third plate member 830, and the fourth plate member 840 are all formed using flat metal plates.
 第1板状部材810、第2板状部材820、第3板状部材830及び第4板状部材840は、第3方向に長い帯状の形状を有している。また、第1板状部材810、第2板状部材820、第3板状部材830及び第4板状部材840のそれぞれの外縁の輪郭は、互いに同一の形状を有している。第1板状部材810、第2板状部材820、第3板状部材830及び第4板状部材840は、それぞれの板厚方向が扁平管10の延伸方向と平行になるように配置されている。言い換えれば、第1板状部材810、第2板状部材820、第3板状部材830及び第4板状部材840は、それぞれの板面が扁平管10の延伸方向と垂直になるように配置されている。 The first plate-like member 810, the second plate-like member 820, the third plate-like member 830, and the fourth plate-like member 840 have a band-like shape that is long in the third direction. Furthermore, the outlines of the outer edges of the first plate member 810, the second plate member 820, the third plate member 830, and the fourth plate member 840 have the same shape. The first plate-like member 810, the second plate-like member 820, the third plate-like member 830, and the fourth plate-like member 840 are arranged so that their thickness directions are parallel to the extending direction of the flat tube 10. There is. In other words, the first plate member 810, the second plate member 820, the third plate member 830, and the fourth plate member 840 are arranged such that their respective plate surfaces are perpendicular to the extending direction of the flat tube 10. has been done.
 分配器80は、第1板状部材810、第2板状部材820、第3板状部材830及び第4板状部材840が、第1方向において扁平管10からの距離が近い方からこの順に積層された構成を有している。これら各板状部材のうち隣接する部材同士は、ろう付けによって接合されている。なお、図16には示していないが、分配器80は実施の形態1と同様に第1扁平管10a及び第2扁平管10bのそれぞれの端部が挿入される挿入孔を備えた1枚の管挿入用板状部材を備えている。管挿入用板状部材は、扁平管10と第1板状部材810との間に備えている。 The distributor 80 includes a first plate-like member 810, a second plate-like member 820, a third plate-like member 830, and a fourth plate-like member 840 in this order from the one closest to the flat tube 10 in the first direction. It has a laminated structure. Adjacent members among these plate-like members are joined by brazing. Although not shown in FIG. 16, the distributor 80 is made of a single sheet having insertion holes into which the respective ends of the first flat tube 10a and the second flat tube 10b are inserted, as in the first embodiment. It is equipped with a plate-like member for inserting a tube. The tube insertion plate member is provided between the flat tube 10 and the first plate member 810.
 以下、分配器80において1本の扁平管10(第1扁平管10a及び第2扁平管10b)に対応する流路部分の部分について図16及び図17と、次の図18を参照して説明する。 The flow path portion corresponding to one flat tube 10 (first flat tube 10a and second flat tube 10b) in the distributor 80 will be described below with reference to FIGS. 16 and 17 and the following FIG. 18. do.
 図18は、実施の形態4に係る熱交換器の分配器を構成する複数の板状部材のうち、隣り合う2枚の板状部材を重ねた状態を示す図である。図18(a)は、第1板状部材810と第2板状部材820とを重ねた状態を第1扁平管10a側から見た平面図である。図18(b)は、第2板状部材820と第3板状部材830とを重ねた状態を第1扁平管10a側から見た平面図である。図18(c)は、第3板状部材830と第4板状部材840とを重ねた状態を第1扁平管10a側から見た平面図である。 FIG. 18 is a diagram illustrating a state in which two adjacent plate members of the plurality of plate members constituting the distributor of the heat exchanger according to Embodiment 4 are overlapped. FIG. 18(a) is a plan view of the stacked state of the first plate member 810 and the second plate member 820, viewed from the first flat tube 10a side. FIG. 18(b) is a plan view of the stacked state of the second plate member 820 and the third plate member 830, viewed from the first flat tube 10a side. FIG. 18(c) is a plan view of the stacked third plate member 830 and fourth plate member 840 viewed from the first flat tube 10a side.
 各扁平管に対応する流路部分の構成は同じであるため、最上段の扁平管に対応する流路部分の構成を代表して説明する。図17及び図18において、点線で囲った部分が最上段の扁平管10に対応する構成部分に相当する。図18において、点線で囲った構成部分において、第1方向に隣り合う貫通孔同士が重なって連通している部分をドットで示している。 Since the configuration of the flow path portion corresponding to each flat tube is the same, the configuration of the flow path portion corresponding to the uppermost flat tube will be described as a representative. In FIGS. 17 and 18, the portion surrounded by dotted lines corresponds to the component corresponding to the uppermost flat tube 10. In FIG. 18, dots indicate portions where through holes adjacent in the first direction overlap and communicate with each other in the component surrounded by dotted lines.
(第1板状部材810)
 第1板状部材810は、分配器80への冷媒の入口となる第1貫通孔811aと、分配器80からの冷媒の出口となる第2貫通孔811bとを有している。第1貫通孔811a及び第2貫通孔811bは、第1板状部材810を第1板状部材810の板厚方向に貫通している。第1貫通孔811a及び第2貫通孔811bは、扁平管10の外周形状と同様に扁平な開口形状を有している。第1貫通孔811a及び第2貫通孔811bは、第2方向に離間している。第1貫通孔811a及び第2貫通孔811bは、第3方向の位置は同じである。第1貫通孔811aは、第1扁平管10aと対向する位置に形成され、第1扁平管10aの複数の冷媒通路15に連通している。第2貫通孔811bは、第2扁平管10bと対向する位置に形成され、第2扁平管10bの複数の冷媒通路15に連通している。
(First plate member 810)
The first plate member 810 has a first through hole 811a that serves as an inlet for the refrigerant to the distributor 80, and a second through hole 811b that serves as an outlet for the refrigerant from the distributor 80. The first through hole 811a and the second through hole 811b penetrate the first plate member 810 in the thickness direction of the first plate member 810. The first through hole 811a and the second through hole 811b have a flat opening shape similar to the outer peripheral shape of the flat tube 10. The first through hole 811a and the second through hole 811b are spaced apart in the second direction. The first through hole 811a and the second through hole 811b are at the same position in the third direction. The first through hole 811a is formed at a position facing the first flat tube 10a, and communicates with the plurality of refrigerant passages 15 of the first flat tube 10a. The second through hole 811b is formed at a position facing the second flat tube 10b, and communicates with the plurality of refrigerant passages 15 of the second flat tube 10b.
(第2板状部材820)
 第2板状部材820は、第1板状部材810の第1貫通孔811aに連通し、且つ、第2方向に離間した2つの第3貫通孔821a1、821a2を有する。また、第2板状部材820は、第1板状部材810の第2貫通孔811bに連通し、且つ、第2方向に離間した2つの第4貫通孔821b1、821b2を有する。第3貫通孔821a1、821a2は、第2板状部材820を第2板状部材820の板厚方向に貫通している。第4貫通孔821b1、821b2は、第2板状部材820を第2板状部材820の板厚方向に貫通している。
(Second plate member 820)
The second plate member 820 communicates with the first through hole 811a of the first plate member 810 and has two third through holes 821a1 and 821a2 spaced apart in the second direction. Further, the second plate member 820 has two fourth through holes 821b1 and 821b2 that communicate with the second through hole 811b of the first plate member 810 and are spaced apart in the second direction. The third through holes 821a1 and 821a2 penetrate the second plate-like member 820 in the thickness direction of the second plate-like member 820. The fourth through holes 821b1 and 821b2 penetrate the second plate-like member 820 in the thickness direction of the second plate-like member 820.
 第3貫通孔821a1、821a2は矩形状であって、第3方向の長さが、第1貫通孔811aの第3方向の長さより長く、第2方向の長さが、第1貫通孔811aの第2方向の長さよりも短い。第3貫通孔821a1、821a2は、第2方向に離間しており、風上領域1aと風下領域1bとに分けて配置されている。また、風上領域1aの第3貫通孔821a1(以下、風上側第3貫通孔821a1)と風下領域1bの第3貫通孔821a2(以下、風下側第3貫通孔821a2)とは、第3方向(上下方向)の位置が異なる。 The third through holes 821a1 and 821a2 have a rectangular shape, and the length in the third direction is longer than the length in the third direction of the first through hole 811a, and the length in the second direction is longer than that of the first through hole 811a. It is shorter than the length in the second direction. The third through holes 821a1 and 821a2 are spaced apart in the second direction, and are arranged separately in the windward region 1a and the leeward region 1b. Further, the third through hole 821a1 in the windward region 1a (hereinafter referred to as the third through hole 821a1 on the windward side) and the third through hole 821a2 in the leeward region 1b (hereinafter referred to as the third through hole 821a2 on the leeward side) are arranged in the third direction. (vertical direction) positions are different.
 風上側第3貫通孔821a1は、風下側第3貫通孔821a2よりも上側、風下側第3貫通孔821a2は、風上側第3貫通孔821a1よりも下側に配置されている。詳しくは、風上側第3貫通孔821a1の第3方向の位置は、風上側第3貫通孔821a1を第3方向の中央部で上下に2つに分けたうちの下側領域で第1貫通孔811aに連通するように設定されている。また、風下側第3貫通孔821a2の第3方向の位置は、風下側第3貫通孔821a2を第3方向の中央部で上下に2つに分けたうちの上側領域で第1貫通孔811aに連通するように設定されている。 The third through-hole 821a1 on the windward side is arranged above the third through-hole 821a2 on the leeward side, and the third through-hole 821a2 on the leeward side is arranged below the third through-hole 821a1 on the windward side. Specifically, the position of the windward side third through hole 821a1 in the third direction is that the windward side third through hole 821a1 is divided vertically into two at the center in the third direction, and the first through hole is located in the lower region. 811a. Moreover, the position of the leeward side third through hole 821a2 in the third direction is such that the leeward side third through hole 821a2 is divided into two vertically at the center in the third direction, and the upper region is connected to the first through hole 811a. It is set to communicate.
 上記構成により、以下に詳述するが、風上側第3貫通孔821a1及び風下側第3貫通孔821a2は、図18(b)の貫通孔内の矢印で示すように第3方向に互いに流れる方向に冷媒を流す流路を形成している。 With the above configuration, as will be described in detail below, the windward side third through hole 821a1 and the leeward side third through hole 821a2 flow in a direction in which they mutually flow in the third direction as shown by the arrow in the through hole in FIG. 18(b). A flow path is formed through which the refrigerant flows.
 第4貫通孔821b1、821b2は矩形状であって、第3方向の長さが、第2貫通孔811bの第3方向の長さより長く、第2方向の長さが、第2貫通孔811bの第2方向の長さよりも短い。第4貫通孔821b1、821b2は、第2方向に離間しており、風上領域1aと風下領域1bとに分けて配置されている。また、風上領域1aの第4貫通孔821b1(以下、風上側第4貫通孔821b1)と風下領域1bの第4貫通孔821b2(以下、風下側第4貫通孔821b2)とは、第3方向(上下方向)の位置が異なる。 The fourth through holes 821b1 and 821b2 have a rectangular shape, and the length in the third direction is longer than the length in the third direction of the second through hole 811b, and the length in the second direction is longer than that of the second through hole 811b. It is shorter than the length in the second direction. The fourth through holes 821b1 and 821b2 are spaced apart in the second direction, and are arranged separately in the windward region 1a and the leeward region 1b. Further, the fourth through hole 821b1 in the windward region 1a (hereinafter referred to as the fourth through hole 821b1 on the windward side) and the fourth through hole 821b2 in the leeward region 1b (hereinafter referred to as the fourth through hole 821b2 on the leeward side) are arranged in the third direction. (vertical direction) positions are different.
 風上側第4貫通孔821b1は、風下側第4貫通孔821b2よりも下側、風下側第4貫通孔821b2は、風上側第4貫通孔821b1よりも上側に配置されている。風上側第4貫通孔821b1の第3方向の位置は、風下側第3貫通孔821a2の位置と同じである。風下側第4貫通孔821b2の第3方向の位置は、風上側第3貫通孔821a1の位置と同じである。 The fourth through-hole 821b1 on the windward side is arranged below the fourth through-hole 821b2 on the leeward side, and the fourth through-hole 821b2 on the leeward side is arranged above the fourth through-hole 821b1 on the windward side. The position of the windward side fourth through hole 821b1 in the third direction is the same as the position of the leeward side third through hole 821a2. The position of the leeward side fourth through hole 821b2 in the third direction is the same as the position of the windward side third through hole 821a1.
 上記構成により、以下に詳述するが、風上側第4貫通孔821b1及び風下側第4貫通孔821b2は、図18(b)の貫通孔内の矢印で示すように第3方向に互いに近づく方向に冷媒を流す流路を形成している。 With the above configuration, as will be described in detail below, the windward side fourth through hole 821b1 and the leeward side fourth through hole 821b2 move toward each other in the third direction as shown by the arrows in the through holes in FIG. 18(b). A flow path is formed through which the refrigerant flows.
(第3板状部材830)
 第3板状部材830は、第2方向に延びて形成された、第5貫通孔831a及び第6貫通孔831bを有する。第5貫通孔831a及び第6貫通孔831bは、第3板状部材830を第3板状部材830の板厚方向に貫通している。第5貫通孔831a及び第6貫通孔831bは、扁平な開口形状を有している。第5貫通孔831a及び第6貫通孔831bは、第2方向に延びて形成されている。第5貫通孔831a及び第6貫通孔831bは第3方向に離間しており、第5貫通孔831aが上側、第6貫通孔831bが下側に形成されている。
(Third plate member 830)
The third plate member 830 has a fifth through hole 831a and a sixth through hole 831b formed to extend in the second direction. The fifth through hole 831a and the sixth through hole 831b penetrate the third plate member 830 in the thickness direction of the third plate member 830. The fifth through hole 831a and the sixth through hole 831b have a flat opening shape. The fifth through hole 831a and the sixth through hole 831b are formed to extend in the second direction. The fifth through hole 831a and the sixth through hole 831b are spaced apart in the third direction, with the fifth through hole 831a being formed on the upper side and the sixth through hole 831b being formed on the lower side.
 第5貫通孔831aは、風上側第3貫通孔821a1と風下側第4貫通孔821b2とに連通している。詳しくは、第5貫通孔831aは、第1方向に見たときに第5貫通孔831aの第2方向の両端部が第2板状部材820の風上側第3貫通孔821a1及び風下側第4貫通孔821b2に重なるように2方向に延びて形成されている。また、第5貫通孔831aは、風上側第3貫通孔821a1及び風下側第4貫通孔821b2を第3方向の中央部で上下に分けたうちの上側領域に重なるように配置されている。 The fifth through hole 831a communicates with the windward side third through hole 821a1 and the leeward side fourth through hole 821b2. Specifically, when the fifth through hole 831a is viewed in the first direction, both ends of the fifth through hole 831a in the second direction are connected to the third through hole 821a1 on the windward side and the fourth through hole 821a1 on the leeward side of the second plate member 820. It is formed to extend in two directions so as to overlap the through hole 821b2. Further, the fifth through hole 831a is arranged so as to overlap the upper region of the upper and lower regions of the windward third through hole 821a1 and the leeward fourth through hole 821b2 at the center in the third direction.
 第6貫通孔831bは、風下側第3貫通孔821a2と風上側第4貫通孔821b1とに連通している。詳しくは、第6貫通孔831bは、第1方向に見たときに第6貫通孔831bの第3方向の両端部が第2板状部材820の風下側第3貫通孔821a2及び風上側第4貫通孔821b1に重なるように第2方向に延びて形成されている。また、第6貫通孔831bは、風下側第3貫通孔821a2及び風上側第4貫通孔821b1を第3方向の中央部で上下に2つに分けたうちの下側領域に重なるように配置されている。 The sixth through hole 831b communicates with the third through hole 821a2 on the leeward side and the fourth through hole 821b1 on the windward side. Specifically, when the sixth through hole 831b is viewed in the first direction, both ends of the sixth through hole 831b in the third direction are connected to the third through hole 821a2 on the leeward side and the fourth through hole on the windward side of the second plate member 820. It is formed to extend in the second direction so as to overlap the through hole 821b1. Further, the sixth through hole 831b is arranged so as to overlap the lower region of the leeward third through hole 821a2 and the windward fourth through hole 821b1, which are divided into two vertically at the center in the third direction. ing.
 上記構成により、以下に詳述するが、第5貫通孔831a及び第6貫通孔831bは、図18(c)の貫通孔内の矢印で示すように、風上側から風下側に冷媒を流す流路を形成している。 With the above configuration, as will be described in detail below, the fifth through hole 831a and the sixth through hole 831b provide a flow path for the refrigerant to flow from the windward side to the leeward side, as shown by the arrows in the through holes in FIG. 18(c). forming a road.
(第4板状部材840)
 第4板状部材840は、貫通孔が形成されていない板状部材である。
(Fourth plate member 840)
The fourth plate member 840 is a plate member in which no through hole is formed.
 図18(a)に示すように、第1板状部材810と第2板状部材820とを重ねた状態では、第1貫通孔811aは、風上領域1aで風上側第3貫通孔821a1の下側領域と重なって連通する。また、第1貫通孔811aは、風下領域1bで風下側第3貫通孔821a2の上側領域と重なって連通する。図18の点線で囲った構成部分において、第1方向に隣り合う貫通孔同士が重なって連通している部分をドットで示している。 As shown in FIG. 18(a), when the first plate member 810 and the second plate member 820 are overlapped, the first through hole 811a is connected to the windward side third through hole 821a1 in the windward region 1a. It overlaps and communicates with the lower area. Further, the first through hole 811a overlaps and communicates with the upper region of the leeward third through hole 821a2 in the leeward region 1b. In the component area surrounded by dotted lines in FIG. 18, dots indicate portions where through holes adjacent to each other in the first direction overlap and communicate with each other.
 このように、第1板状部材810と第2板状部材820とを重ねることで第1方向に隣り合う貫通孔同士が部分的に連通し、第1扁平管10aから流出した冷媒が流入する流路において、風上側の流路と風下側の流路とが独立して形成される。 In this way, by overlapping the first plate member 810 and the second plate member 820, the through holes adjacent in the first direction are partially communicated with each other, and the refrigerant flowing out from the first flat tube 10a flows in. In the flow path, a windward side flow path and a leeward side flow path are formed independently.
 また、第1板状部材810と第2板状部材820とを重ねた状態では、第2貫通孔811bは、風上領域1aで風上側第4貫通孔821b1の上側領域と重なって連通する。また、第2貫通孔811bは、風下領域1bで風下側第4貫通孔821b2の下側領域と重なって連通する。 Furthermore, when the first plate-like member 810 and the second plate-like member 820 are overlapped, the second through-hole 811b overlaps and communicates with the upper region of the fourth windward-side through-hole 821b1 in the windward region 1a. Further, the second through hole 811b overlaps and communicates with the lower region of the fourth leeward through hole 821b2 in the leeward region 1b.
 このように、第1板状部材810と第2板状部材820とを重ねることで第1方向に隣り合う貫通孔同士が部分的に連通し、分配器80から第2扁平管10bに向かう冷媒が通過する流路において、風上側の流路と、風下側の流路とが独立して形成される。 In this way, by overlapping the first plate member 810 and the second plate member 820, the through holes adjacent in the first direction are partially communicated with each other, and the refrigerant flows from the distributor 80 to the second flat tube 10b. In the flow path through which the air passes, a windward side flow path and a leeward side flow path are formed independently.
 図18(b)に示すように、第2板状部材820と第3板状部材830とを重ねた状態では、第2板状部材820の風上側第3貫通孔821a1及び風下側第4貫通孔821b2が第3板状部材830の第5貫通孔831aと連通する。詳しくは、風上側第3貫通孔821a1及び風下側第4貫通孔821b2を第3方向の中央部で上下に分けたうちの上側領域が第5貫通孔831aと連通する。また、第2板状部材820の風下側第3貫通孔821a2及び風上側第4貫通孔821b1が第3板状部材830の第6貫通孔831bと連通する。詳しくは、風下側第3貫通孔821a2及び風上側第4貫通孔821b1を第3方向の中央部で上下に分けたうちの下側領域が第6貫通孔831bと連通する。 As shown in FIG. 18(b), when the second plate member 820 and the third plate member 830 are overlapped, the third through hole 821a1 on the windward side of the second plate member 820 and the fourth through hole on the leeward side The hole 821b2 communicates with the fifth through hole 831a of the third plate member 830. Specifically, the upper region of the windward-side third through-hole 821a1 and the leeward-side fourth through-hole 821b2 divided vertically at the center in the third direction communicates with the fifth through-hole 831a. Furthermore, the third through hole 821a2 on the leeward side and the fourth through hole 821b1 on the windward side of the second plate member 820 communicate with the sixth through hole 831b of the third plate member 830. Specifically, the lower region of the third leeward through-hole 821a2 and the fourth windward through-hole 821b1 divided vertically at the center in the third direction communicates with the sixth through-hole 831b.
 このように、第2板状部材820と第3板状部材830とを重ねることで第1方向に隣り合う貫通孔同士が部分的に連通する。これにより、第2板状部材820の各貫通孔は、図18(b)において矢印で示すように冷媒を流す流路を形成している。詳しくは、第3貫通孔821a1、821a2は、第3方向に互いに離れる方向に冷媒を流す流路を形成している。第4貫通孔821b1、821b2は、第3方向に互いに近づく方向に冷媒を流す流路を形成している。冷媒の流れについては改めて説明する。 In this way, by overlapping the second plate member 820 and the third plate member 830, the through holes adjacent in the first direction partially communicate with each other. Thereby, each through hole of the second plate member 820 forms a flow path through which the refrigerant flows, as shown by the arrow in FIG. 18(b). Specifically, the third through holes 821a1 and 821a2 form a flow path through which the refrigerant flows in a direction away from each other in the third direction. The fourth through holes 821b1 and 821b2 form a flow path through which the refrigerant flows in directions approaching each other in the third direction. The flow of refrigerant will be explained again.
 図18(c)に示すように、第3板状部材830と第4板状部材840とを重ねた状態では、第5貫通孔831a及び第6貫通孔831bの第1方向の端部開口が第4板状部材840で塞がれる。 As shown in FIG. 18(c), when the third plate member 830 and the fourth plate member 840 are overlapped, the end openings in the first direction of the fifth through hole 831a and the sixth through hole 831b are It is closed by a fourth plate member 840.
 第3板状部材830と第4板状部材840とが重ねられることで、第5貫通孔831a及び第6貫通孔831bは、図18(c)において矢印で示すように風上側から風下側に冷媒を流す流路を形成している。冷媒の流れについては改めて説明する。 By overlapping the third plate member 830 and the fourth plate member 840, the fifth through hole 831a and the sixth through hole 831b move from the windward side to the leeward side as shown by the arrow in FIG. 18(c). It forms a flow path through which the refrigerant flows. The flow of refrigerant will be explained again.
 以上のように形成された、第1板状部材810、第2板状部材820、第3板状部材830及び第4板状部材840を重ねることで、各板状部材に形成された貫通孔が部分的に連通し、第1流路800Aと第2流路800Bとを形成している。第1流路800Aは、第1貫通孔511、風上側第3貫通孔821a1、第5貫通孔831a、風下側第4貫通孔821b2及び第2貫通孔811bで形成される。第2流路800Bは、第1貫通孔511、風下側第3貫通孔821a2、第6貫通孔831b、風上側第4貫通孔821b1及び第2貫通孔811bで形成される。 By stacking the first plate member 810, second plate member 820, third plate member 830, and fourth plate member 840 formed as described above, a through hole is formed in each plate member. partially communicate with each other to form a first flow path 800A and a second flow path 800B. The first flow path 800A is formed by the first through hole 511, the third windward through hole 821a1, the fifth through hole 831a, the fourth through hole 821b2 on the leeward side, and the second through hole 811b. The second flow path 800B is formed by the first through hole 511, the third through hole 821a2 on the leeward side, the sixth through hole 831b, the fourth through hole 821b1 on the windward side, and the second through hole 811b.
[分配器80における冷媒の流れ及び分配器80の作用]
 図19は、実施の形態4に係る熱交換器の分配器の一流路の冷媒の流れの説明図である。図19において、点線矢印は第1流路800Aを流れる冷媒であって、乾き度の大きい冷媒を示している。実線矢印は第2流路800Bを流れる冷媒であって、乾き度の小さい冷媒を示している。図19の点線矢印及び実線矢印は、図18の点線矢印及び実線矢印に対応している。
[Flow of refrigerant in distributor 80 and action of distributor 80]
FIG. 19 is an explanatory diagram of the flow of refrigerant in the first channel of the distributor of the heat exchanger according to the fourth embodiment. In FIG. 19, the dotted arrow indicates the refrigerant flowing through the first flow path 800A, and indicates a refrigerant with a high degree of dryness. A solid arrow indicates a refrigerant flowing through the second flow path 800B, and indicates a refrigerant with a low degree of dryness. The dotted line arrows and solid line arrows in FIG. 19 correspond to the dotted line arrows and solid line arrows in FIG. 18.
(乾き度の大きい冷媒の流れ)
 第1扁平管10aの風上側冷媒通路15aから流出した乾き度の大きい冷媒は、点線矢印に示すように第1貫通孔811aの風上領域1aを介して風上側第3貫通孔821a1の下側領域に流入する。風上側第3貫通孔821a1の下側領域に流入した冷媒は、風上側第3貫通孔821a1内を上方に移動した後、風上側第3貫通孔821a1から流出して第5貫通孔831aに流入する。第5貫通孔831aに流入した乾き度の大きい冷媒は、折り返して風下側第4貫通孔821b2に流入する。つまり、第5貫通孔831aに流入した乾き度の大きい冷媒は、第2方向に延びる第5貫通孔831a内を風上側から風下側に移動した後、風下側第4貫通孔821b2の上側領域に流入する。風下側第4貫通孔821b2の上側領域に流入した乾き度の大きい冷媒は、風下側第4貫通孔821b2内を下方に移動した後、風下側第4貫通孔821b2から流出する。風下側第4貫通孔821b2から流出した乾き度の大きい冷媒は、第2貫通孔811bの風下領域1bを通過して第2扁平管10bの風下側冷媒通路15bに流入する。
(Flow of highly dry refrigerant)
The refrigerant having a high degree of dryness flowing out from the windward side refrigerant passage 15a of the first flat tube 10a is transferred to the lower side of the windward side third through hole 821a1 via the windward region 1a of the first through hole 811a, as shown by the dotted line arrow. flow into the area. The refrigerant that has flowed into the lower region of the third through hole 821a1 on the windward side moves upward within the third through hole 821a1 on the windward side, flows out from the third through hole 821a1 on the windward side, and flows into the fifth through hole 831a. do. The highly dry refrigerant that has flowed into the fifth through hole 831a turns around and flows into the leeward fourth through hole 821b2. In other words, the highly dry refrigerant that has flowed into the fifth through hole 831a moves from the windward side to the leeward side in the fifth through hole 831a extending in the second direction, and then flows into the upper region of the leeward fourth through hole 821b2. Inflow. The highly dry refrigerant that has flowed into the upper region of the fourth leeward through-hole 821b2 moves downward within the fourth leeward through-hole 821b2, and then flows out from the fourth leeward through-hole 821b2. The refrigerant having a high degree of dryness flowing out from the fourth leeward through hole 821b2 passes through the leeward region 1b of the second through hole 811b and flows into the leeward refrigerant passage 15b of the second flat tube 10b.
 このように、第1扁平管10aの風上側冷媒通路15aから流出した乾き度の大きい冷媒は、分配器80を通過後、第2扁平管10bの風下側冷媒通路15bに流入する。つまり、分配器80は、第1扁平管10aの風上領域1aから流出した乾き度の大きい冷媒を、熱流束の小さい第2扁平管10bの風下側冷媒通路15bに流入させる。 In this way, the dry refrigerant flowing out from the windward refrigerant passage 15a of the first flat tube 10a flows into the leeward refrigerant passage 15b of the second flat tube 10b after passing through the distributor 80. That is, the distributor 80 causes the refrigerant having a high degree of dryness flowing out from the windward region 1a of the first flat tube 10a to flow into the leeward side refrigerant passage 15b of the second flat tube 10b having a small heat flux.
(乾き度の小さい冷媒の流れ)
 第1扁平管10aの風下側冷媒通路15bから流出した乾き度の小さい冷媒は、実線矢印に示すように第1貫通孔811aの風下領域1bを介して風下側第3貫通孔821a2の上側領域に流入する。風下側第3貫通孔821a2の上側領域に流入した冷媒は、風下側第3貫通孔821a2内を下方に移動した後、風下側第3貫通孔821a2から流出して第6貫通孔831bに流入する。第6貫通孔831bに流入した乾き度の小さい冷媒は、折り返して風上側第4貫通孔821b1に流入する。つまり、第6貫通孔831bに流入した乾き度の小さい冷媒は、第2方向に延びる第6貫通孔831b内を風上側から風下側に移動した後、風上側第4貫通孔821b1の下側領域に流入する。風上側第4貫通孔821b1の下側領域に流入した乾き度の小さい冷媒は、風上側第4貫通孔821b1内を上方に移動した後、風上側第4貫通孔821b1から流出する。風上側第4貫通孔821b1を流出した乾き度の小さい冷媒は、第2貫通孔811bの風上領域1aを通過し、第2扁平管10bの風上側冷媒通路15aに流入する。
(flow of refrigerant with low dryness)
The refrigerant with low dryness flowing out from the leeward refrigerant passage 15b of the first flat tube 10a passes through the leeward region 1b of the first through hole 811a to the upper region of the leeward third through hole 821a2, as shown by the solid arrow. Inflow. The refrigerant that has flowed into the upper region of the third leeward through-hole 821a2 moves downward within the third leeward through-hole 821a2, and then flows out of the third leeward through-hole 821a2 and flows into the sixth through-hole 831b. . The refrigerant with low dryness that has flowed into the sixth through hole 831b turns around and flows into the fourth through hole 821b1 on the windward side. In other words, the refrigerant with low dryness that has flowed into the sixth through hole 831b moves from the windward side to the leeward side in the sixth through hole 831b extending in the second direction, and then moves to the lower area of the windward side fourth through hole 821b1. flows into. The refrigerant with low dryness that has flowed into the lower region of the fourth windward through-hole 821b1 moves upward in the fourth windward through-hole 821b1, and then flows out from the fourth windward through-hole 821b1. The refrigerant with low dryness that has flowed out of the fourth windward through hole 821b1 passes through the windward region 1a of the second through hole 811b and flows into the windward refrigerant passage 15a of the second flat tube 10b.
(分配器80の作用)
 このように、分配器80は、第1扁平管10aの風上側冷媒通路15aから流出した乾き度の大きい冷媒を、第2扁平管10bの風下側冷媒通路15bに導く。また、分配器80は、第1扁平管10aの風下側冷媒通路15bから流出した乾き度の小さい冷媒を、第2扁平管10bの風上側冷媒通路15aに導く。つまり、分配器80は、分配器80内に形成された冷媒流路の出口(第2貫通孔811b)において、冷媒流路の出口の風上領域1aから流出する冷媒の乾き度と、冷媒流路の出口の風下領域1bから流出する冷媒の乾き度とを、冷媒流路の入口(第1貫通孔811a)から流入したときの風上領域1aと風下領域1bとにおける冷媒の乾き度の大小とは逆にして流出させる。
(Effect of distributor 80)
In this way, the distributor 80 guides the highly dry refrigerant flowing out from the windward refrigerant passage 15a of the first flat tube 10a to the leeward refrigerant passage 15b of the second flat tube 10b. Moreover, the distributor 80 guides the refrigerant having a low degree of dryness flowing out from the leeward side refrigerant passage 15b of the first flat tube 10a to the windward side refrigerant passage 15a of the second flat tube 10b. In other words, the distributor 80 determines the dryness of the refrigerant flowing out from the windward region 1a of the outlet of the refrigerant flow path and the refrigerant flow at the refrigerant flow path outlet (second through hole 811b) formed in the distributor 80. The dryness of the refrigerant flowing out from the leeward region 1b at the outlet of the refrigerant flow path is defined as the degree of dryness of the refrigerant in the windward region 1a and the leeward region 1b when it flows in from the entrance of the refrigerant flow path (first through hole 811a). It flows out in the opposite direction.
 実施の形態4の熱交換器は、上記構成の分配器80を備えたことにより、分配器80を用いない場合に比べて、分配器80の後流となる第2熱交換部70における熱交換を効率良く行える。よって、実施の形態4の熱交換器は、熱交換器性能を向上できる。 Since the heat exchanger of the fourth embodiment includes the distributor 80 having the above configuration, the heat exchange in the second heat exchange section 70 which is downstream of the distributor 80 is more efficient than when the distributor 80 is not used. can be done efficiently. Therefore, the heat exchanger of Embodiment 4 can improve heat exchanger performance.
 なお、上記では、熱交換器が蒸発器として機能する場合について説明したが、冷凍サイクル装置の凝縮器として機能するように用いても良い。熱交換器が冷凍サイクル装置の凝縮器として機能する場合は、上記と冷媒の流れる方向が逆となる。そして、熱交換器が冷凍サイクル装置の凝縮器として機能する場合、上記と冷媒が逆方向に流れ、分配器80は、分配器80の後流となる第1扁平管10aの風上側冷媒通路15aに乾き度の大きい冷媒を導き、第1扁平管10aの風下側冷媒通路15bに乾き度の小さい冷媒を導くことになる。これは、熱交換器が凝縮器として機能する場合、入口側となる第2扁平管10bの風上側冷媒通路15aから流出する冷媒の乾き度が小さく、第2扁平管10bの風下側冷媒通路15bから流出する冷媒の乾き度が大きいためである。 Note that although the case where the heat exchanger functions as an evaporator has been described above, it may also be used to function as a condenser of a refrigeration cycle device. When the heat exchanger functions as a condenser of a refrigeration cycle device, the direction in which the refrigerant flows is opposite to that described above. When the heat exchanger functions as a condenser of the refrigeration cycle device, the refrigerant flows in the opposite direction to the above, and the distributor 80 has the windward side refrigerant passage 15a of the first flat tube 10a downstream of the distributor 80. A refrigerant with a high degree of dryness is introduced into the refrigerant, and a refrigerant with a low degree of dryness is introduced into the leeward side refrigerant passage 15b of the first flat tube 10a. This is because when the heat exchanger functions as a condenser, the dryness of the refrigerant flowing out from the windward side refrigerant passage 15a of the second flat tube 10b, which is the inlet side, is small, and This is because the dryness of the refrigerant flowing out is large.
 以上説明したように、実施の形態4の熱交換器は、第2方向に複数列の第1熱交換部60と第2熱交換部70とを有する。分配器80は、第1扁平管10a及び第2扁平管10bにおける第1方向の同一側の一端に接続されている。分配器80は、第1扁平管10aの第1方向の他端から流入した冷媒を、第1扁平管10aを第1方向の一端に向けて流した後、分配器80を通過して、第2扁平管10bに第1方向の一端から流入し、第1方向の他端に向けて流す流路を有する。分配器80の冷媒流路は、第1扁平管10aの一端から流出した冷媒が第1方向に流れた後、第2扁平管10bの一端に向けて逆方向に折り返すように流れる第1流路800Aと第2流路800Bとを有する。第1流路800Aは、第1扁平管10aの風上側冷媒通路15aから流出した冷媒を第2扁平管10bの風下側冷媒通路15bに流入させる流路である。第2流路800Bは、第1扁平管10aの風下側冷媒通路15bから流出した冷媒を第2扁平管10bの風上側冷媒通路15aに流入させる流路である。 As explained above, the heat exchanger of Embodiment 4 has a plurality of rows of first heat exchange parts 60 and second heat exchange parts 70 in the second direction. The distributor 80 is connected to one end of the first flat tube 10a and the second flat tube 10b on the same side in the first direction. The distributor 80 allows the refrigerant that has flowed from the other end of the first flat tube 10a in the first direction to flow through the first flat tube 10a toward one end in the first direction, passes through the distributor 80, and then flows through the first flat tube 10a toward one end in the first direction. It has a flow path that flows into the two flat tubes 10b from one end in the first direction and flows toward the other end in the first direction. The refrigerant flow path of the distributor 80 is a first flow path in which the refrigerant flowing out from one end of the first flat tube 10a flows in a first direction and then turns back in the opposite direction toward one end of the second flat tube 10b. 800A and a second flow path 800B. The first flow path 800A is a flow path that causes the refrigerant flowing out from the windward refrigerant passage 15a of the first flat tube 10a to flow into the leeward refrigerant passage 15b of the second flat tube 10b. The second flow path 800B is a flow path that causes the refrigerant flowing out from the leeward refrigerant passage 15b of the first flat tube 10a to flow into the upwind refrigerant passage 15a of the second flat tube 10b.
 上記構成により、実施の形態4の熱交換器は、分配器80より後流部分における熱伝達率を向上でき、結果として熱交換器全体としての熱交換効率を向上できる。 With the above configuration, the heat exchanger of Embodiment 4 can improve the heat transfer coefficient in the downstream part from the distributor 80, and as a result, the heat exchange efficiency of the heat exchanger as a whole can be improved.
 なお、図15では、熱交換器が全体略I字状の例を示したが、次の図20のようにしてもよい。 Although FIG. 15 shows an example in which the heat exchanger has a substantially I-shape as a whole, it may be configured as shown in FIG. 20 below.
 図20は、実施の形態4に係る熱交換器の変形例を示す図である。図20に示すように、熱交換器は、全体略L字状とし、熱交換器の一部を折り曲げた構成としてもよい。また、上記図15では、熱交換器が、第1熱交換部60と第2熱交換部70との組を1つ構成としたが、図20に示すように第1熱交換部60と第2熱交換部70との組を2つ備えて上下に配置し、この2組に共通に分配器80を接続した構成としてもよい。 FIG. 20 is a diagram showing a modification of the heat exchanger according to the fourth embodiment. As shown in FIG. 20, the heat exchanger may have a substantially L-shape as a whole, with a part of the heat exchanger bent. Furthermore, in FIG. 15, the heat exchanger has one set of the first heat exchange section 60 and the second heat exchange section 70, but as shown in FIG. It is also possible to have a configuration in which two sets of two heat exchange units 70 are provided and arranged one above the other, and a distributor 80 is commonly connected to these two sets.
実施の形態5.
 実施の形態5は、実施の形態1~実施の形態4の熱交換器が搭載される空気調和機などの冷凍サイクル装置に関する。
Embodiment 5.
Embodiment 5 relates to a refrigeration cycle device such as an air conditioner in which the heat exchangers of Embodiments 1 to 4 are mounted.
 図21は、実施の形態5に係る冷凍サイクル装置の概略構成を示す冷媒回路図である。冷凍サイクル装置200は、圧縮機100と、吸入マフラ101と、四方切換弁102と、室外側熱交換器103と、電動膨張弁等の減圧器104と、室内側熱交換器105と、が配管で接続された冷媒回路を備えている。室外側熱交換器103及び室内側熱交換器105は、四方切換弁102の切換により凝縮器又は蒸発器として機能する。冷凍サイクル装置200において四方切換弁102は省略可能である。よって、冷凍サイクル装置200は、圧縮機100と、凝縮器と、減圧器と、蒸発器と、を備えた構成としてもよい。なお、空気調和機では、室内側熱交換器105は屋内の装置に、残る圧縮機100、四方切換弁102、室外側熱交換器103及び減圧器104は屋外の装置に搭載されている。 FIG. 21 is a refrigerant circuit diagram showing a schematic configuration of a refrigeration cycle device according to Embodiment 5. The refrigeration cycle device 200 includes a compressor 100, a suction muffler 101, a four-way switching valve 102, an outdoor heat exchanger 103, a pressure reducer 104 such as an electric expansion valve, and an indoor heat exchanger 105. It has a refrigerant circuit connected to the The outdoor heat exchanger 103 and the indoor heat exchanger 105 function as a condenser or an evaporator by switching the four-way switching valve 102. In the refrigeration cycle device 200, the four-way switching valve 102 can be omitted. Therefore, the refrigeration cycle device 200 may be configured to include the compressor 100, a condenser, a pressure reducer, and an evaporator. In the air conditioner, the indoor heat exchanger 105 is installed in an indoor device, and the remaining compressor 100, four-way switching valve 102, outdoor heat exchanger 103, and pressure reducer 104 are installed in an outdoor device.
 圧縮機100は、冷媒を吸入し、その冷媒を圧縮して高温且つ高圧の状態にするものである。圧縮機100は運転周波数を可変させることが可能な容積式圧縮機で構成されている。なお、圧縮機100は運転周波数可変に駆動されるものに限定するものではなく、一定速のものでもよい。四方切換弁102は、圧縮機100の吐出側に接続され、圧縮機100からの冷媒の流れを切り換えるものである。 The compressor 100 sucks refrigerant and compresses the refrigerant to a high temperature and high pressure state. The compressor 100 is a positive displacement compressor whose operating frequency can be varied. Note that the compressor 100 is not limited to one that is driven with a variable operating frequency, but may be one that is driven at a constant speed. The four-way switching valve 102 is connected to the discharge side of the compressor 100 and switches the flow of refrigerant from the compressor 100.
 室外側熱交換器103は、分配器40、50及び80の何れかを備えた熱交換器である。減圧器104は、冷媒を膨張させるものである。減圧器104は、例えば開度を調整できる電子膨張弁又は温度式膨張弁等で形成されているが、開度を調整できない毛細管等で構成されてもよい。室内側熱交換器105は、分配器40、50及び80の何れかを備えた熱交換器である。 The outdoor heat exchanger 103 is a heat exchanger equipped with any one of the distributors 40, 50, and 80. The pressure reducer 104 expands the refrigerant. The pressure reducer 104 is formed of, for example, an electronic expansion valve or a temperature-type expansion valve whose opening degree can be adjusted, but may also be formed of a capillary tube or the like whose opening degree cannot be adjusted. The indoor heat exchanger 105 is a heat exchanger equipped with any one of the distributors 40, 50, and 80.
 冷凍サイクル装置200が空気調和機に適用された場合の暖房運転では、四方切換弁102は図21の実線側に接続される。圧縮機100で圧縮された高温高圧の冷媒は室内側熱交換器105に流れ、凝縮し、液化する。液化した冷媒は、減圧器104で減圧され、低温低圧の二相状態となり、室外側熱交換器103へ流れ、蒸発し、ガス化して四方切換弁102を通って再び圧縮機100に戻る。すなわち、図21の実線矢印に示すように冷媒は循環する。この循環によって、蒸発器である室外側熱交換器103では、冷媒が外気と熱交換して吸熱する。吸熱した冷媒は、凝縮器である室内側熱交換器105に送られ、室内の空気と熱交換を行い、室内の空気を温める。 In heating operation when the refrigeration cycle device 200 is applied to an air conditioner, the four-way switching valve 102 is connected to the solid line side in FIG. 21. The high-temperature, high-pressure refrigerant compressed by the compressor 100 flows into the indoor heat exchanger 105, where it is condensed and liquefied. The liquefied refrigerant is depressurized by the pressure reducer 104 and becomes a low-temperature, low-pressure two-phase state, flows to the outdoor heat exchanger 103, evaporates, gasifies, and returns to the compressor 100 through the four-way switching valve 102. That is, the refrigerant circulates as shown by the solid line arrows in FIG. Through this circulation, the refrigerant exchanges heat with outside air and absorbs heat in the outdoor heat exchanger 103, which is an evaporator. The refrigerant that has absorbed heat is sent to the indoor heat exchanger 105, which is a condenser, and exchanges heat with indoor air to warm the indoor air.
 冷房運転では、四方切換弁102は図21の破線側に接続される。暖房運転から冷房運転に変わると、室内側熱交換器105が凝縮器から蒸発器に変わり、室外側熱交換器103が蒸発器から凝縮器に変わる。圧縮機100で圧縮された高温高圧の冷媒は、室外側熱交換器103に流れ、凝縮し、液化する。液化した冷媒は、減圧器104で減圧され、低温低圧の二相状態となる。低温低圧の二相冷媒は、室内側熱交換器105へ流れ、蒸発し、ガス化し、四方切換弁102を通って再び圧縮機100に戻る。すなわち、図21の破線矢印に示すように冷媒は循環する。この循環によって、蒸発器である室内側熱交換器105では、冷媒が室内の空気と熱交換して吸熱し、室内の空気を冷却する。吸熱した冷媒は、凝縮器である室外側熱交換器103に送られ、外気と熱交換を行い、外気に放熱する。 In cooling operation, the four-way switching valve 102 is connected to the dashed line side in FIG. 21. When the heating operation changes to the cooling operation, the indoor heat exchanger 105 changes from a condenser to an evaporator, and the outdoor heat exchanger 103 changes from an evaporator to a condenser. The high-temperature, high-pressure refrigerant compressed by the compressor 100 flows into the outdoor heat exchanger 103, where it is condensed and liquefied. The liquefied refrigerant is depressurized by the pressure reducer 104 and becomes a two-phase state of low temperature and low pressure. The low-temperature, low-pressure two-phase refrigerant flows to the indoor heat exchanger 105, evaporates and gasifies, and returns to the compressor 100 again through the four-way switching valve 102. That is, the refrigerant circulates as shown by the broken line arrows in FIG. Through this circulation, the refrigerant exchanges heat with indoor air and absorbs heat in the indoor heat exchanger 105, which is an evaporator, thereby cooling the indoor air. The refrigerant that has absorbed heat is sent to the outdoor heat exchanger 103, which is a condenser, exchanges heat with the outside air, and radiates heat to the outside air.
 ここで、冷媒は、R407C冷媒、R410A冷媒又はR32冷媒などが使われる。 Here, the refrigerant used is R407C refrigerant, R410A refrigerant, or R32 refrigerant.
 上記構成の冷凍サイクル装置200は、実施の形態1~実施の形態4の何れかの熱交換器を備えることで、冷凍サイクル装置200の運転効率を向上させることができる。このため、冷凍サイクル装置200は、冷凍サイクル装置の消費電力の低減を図ることができる。 The refrigeration cycle apparatus 200 having the above configuration can improve the operating efficiency of the refrigeration cycle apparatus 200 by including the heat exchanger of any one of Embodiments 1 to 4. Therefore, the refrigeration cycle device 200 can reduce the power consumption of the refrigeration cycle device.
 なお、冷凍サイクル装置200は、空気調和機以外にも適用でき、冷蔵庫、冷凍庫、自動販売機、冷凍装置又は給湯器等の用途に用いられる冷凍サイクル装置に適用することができる。 Note that the refrigeration cycle device 200 can be applied to systems other than air conditioners, and can be applied to refrigeration cycle devices used for refrigerators, freezers, vending machines, refrigeration equipment, water heaters, and the like.
 1 熱交換器、1a 風上領域、1b 風下領域、10 扁平管、10a 第1扁平管、10b 第2扁平管、11 第1側端部、12 第2側端部、13 平坦面、14 平坦面、15 冷媒通路、15a 風上側冷媒通路、15b 風下側冷媒通路、20 ヘッダ、20a 流入口、20b 流出口、30 フィン、40 分配器、40a 合流部、40b 気液分離部、50 分配器、60 第1熱交換部、70 第2熱交換部、80 分配器、100 圧縮機、101 吸入マフラ、102 四方切換弁、103 室外側熱交換器、104 減圧器、105 室内側熱交換器、200 冷凍サイクル装置、400 管挿入用板状部材、400A 冷媒流路、401 挿入孔、410 第1板状部材、411 貫通孔、420 第2板状部材、421 貫通孔、430 第3板状部材、431 貫通孔、440 第4板状部材、441 貫通孔、450 第5板状部材、451a 貫通孔、451b 貫通孔、460 管挿入用板状部材、461 挿入孔、500A 第1流路、500B 第2流路、510 第1板状部材、511 第1貫通孔、520 第2板状部材、521a 第2貫通孔(風上側第2貫通孔)、521b 第2貫通孔(風下側第2貫通孔)、530 第3板状部材、531a 第3貫通孔、531b 第3貫通孔、540 第4板状部材、541a 第4貫通孔(風上側第4貫通孔)、541b 第4貫通孔(風下側第4貫通孔)、550 第5板状部材、551 第5貫通孔、800A 第1流路、800B 第2流路、810 第1板状部材、811a 第1貫通孔、811b 第2貫通孔、820 第2板状部材、821a1 第3貫通孔(風上側第3貫通孔)、821a2 第3貫通孔(風下側第3貫通孔)、821b1 第4貫通孔(風下側第4貫通孔)、821b2 第4貫通孔(風上側第4貫通孔)、830 第3板状部材、831a 第5貫通孔、831b 第6貫通孔、840 第4板状部材。 1 heat exchanger, 1a windward region, 1b leeward region, 10 flat tube, 10a first flat tube, 10b second flat tube, 11 first side end, 12 second side end, 13 flat surface, 14 flat surface, 15 refrigerant passage, 15a windward refrigerant passage, 15b leeward refrigerant passage, 20 header, 20a inlet, 20b outlet, 30 fin, 40 distributor, 40a confluence section, 40b gas-liquid separation section, 50 distributor, 60 First heat exchange section, 70 Second heat exchange section, 80 Distributor, 100 Compressor, 101 Suction muffler, 102 Four-way switching valve, 103 Outdoor heat exchanger, 104 Pressure reducer, 105 Indoor heat exchanger, 200 Refrigeration cycle device, 400 Plate member for tube insertion, 400A Refrigerant channel, 401 Insertion hole, 410 First plate member, 411 Through hole, 420 Second plate member, 421 Through hole, 430 Third plate member, 431 Through hole, 440 Fourth plate member, 441 Through hole, 450 Fifth plate member, 451a Through hole, 451b Through hole, 460 Pipe insertion plate member, 461 Insertion hole, 500A First channel, 500B No. 2 flow path, 510 first plate member, 511 first through hole, 520 second plate member, 521a second through hole (windward second through hole), 521b second through hole (leeward second through hole ), 530 third plate member, 531a third through hole, 531b third through hole, 540 fourth plate member, 541a fourth through hole (windward side fourth through hole), 541b fourth through hole (leeward side 4th through hole), 550 fifth plate member, 551 fifth through hole, 800A first flow path, 800B second flow path, 810 first plate member, 811a first through hole, 811b second through hole, 820 Second plate member, 821a1 Third through hole (third through hole on the windward side), 821a2 third through hole (third through hole on the leeward side), 821b1 fourth through hole (fourth through hole on the leeward side), 821b2 Fourth through hole (fourth through hole on windward side), 830 third plate member, 831a fifth through hole, 831b sixth through hole, 840 fourth plate member.

Claims (13)

  1.  貫通孔で形成された複数の冷媒通路を有し、第1方向に延伸する扁平管を備え、前記扁平管の前記複数の冷媒通路を流れる冷媒と、前記第1方向に直交する方向であって前記複数の冷媒通路が並列する第2方向に流れる空気と、の熱交換を行う熱交換器であって、
     前記扁平管の前記複数の冷媒通路の途中に設けられた分配器を備え、
     前記分配器は、貫通孔で形成された冷媒流路を有し、
     前記冷媒流路は、前記冷媒流路の出口の風上領域から流出する冷媒の乾き度と、前記冷媒流路の出口の風下領域から流出する冷媒の乾き度とを、前記冷媒流路の入口から流入したときの風上領域と風下領域とにおける前記冷媒の前記乾き度の大小とは逆にして流出させる熱交換器。
    A flat tube having a plurality of refrigerant passages formed by through holes and extending in a first direction, the refrigerant flowing through the plurality of refrigerant passages of the flat tube in a direction perpendicular to the first direction, A heat exchanger that exchanges heat with air flowing in a second direction in which the plurality of refrigerant passages are parallel,
    comprising a distributor provided in the middle of the plurality of refrigerant passages of the flat tube,
    The distributor has a refrigerant flow path formed with a through hole,
    The refrigerant flow path adjusts the dryness of the refrigerant flowing out from the upwind region of the outlet of the refrigerant flow path and the dryness of the refrigerant flowing out from the leeward region of the exit of the refrigerant flow path, based on the dryness of the refrigerant flowing out from the windward region of the outlet of the refrigerant flow path A heat exchanger in which the dryness of the refrigerant in an upwind region and a leeward region is opposite to that of the refrigerant when the refrigerant flows out from the windward region.
  2.  前記分配器は、前記扁平管の前記第1方向の途中に配置され、
     前記扁平管は、前記分配器の上流の第1扁平管と、前記分配器の下流の第2扁平管とを有し、
     前記分配器は、
     前記第1扁平管における前記複数の冷媒通路と連通する合流部と、
     前記合流部に連通して形成され、前記合流部を通過した前記冷媒の気液を分離し、液相の前記冷媒を、前記第2扁平管における前記複数の冷媒通路のうち風上領域の前記冷媒通路に導くと共に、気相の前記冷媒を、前記第2扁平管における前記複数の冷媒通路のうち風下領域の前記冷媒通路に導く気液分離部と、を備えた請求項1記載の熱交換器。
    The distributor is arranged in the middle of the flat tube in the first direction,
    The flat tube has a first flat tube upstream of the distributor and a second flat tube downstream of the distributor,
    The distributor is
    a merging portion communicating with the plurality of refrigerant passages in the first flat tube;
    The gas-liquid refrigerant that has passed through the merging portion is separated from the merging portion, and the refrigerant in the liquid phase is transferred to the refrigerant in the upwind region of the plurality of refrigerant passages in the second flat tube. The heat exchanger according to claim 1, further comprising: a gas-liquid separation section that guides the refrigerant in a gas phase to the refrigerant passage in a leeward region of the plurality of refrigerant passages in the second flat tube. vessel.
  3.  前記分配器は、前記第1扁平管と前記第2扁平管との間に少なくとも4枚の板状部材を備えており、
     前記4枚の板状部材を、前記第1扁平管側から順に第1板状部材、第2板状部材、第3板状部材及び第4板状部材とするとき、
     前記合流部は、
     前記第1板状部材及び前記第2板状部材を有し、
     前記第1板状部材には前記第1扁平管における前記複数の冷媒通路に連通する貫通孔が形成され、
     前記第2板状部材には前記貫通孔の前記第2方向の中心部に連通し、前記貫通孔よりも開口面積の小さい貫通孔が形成されており、
     前記気液分離部は、
     前記第3板状部材を有し、
     前記第3板状部材には前記第2板状部材の前記貫通孔に連通し、風上領域から風下領域にかけて上方に傾斜するように形成された貫通孔が形成され、
     前記第4板状部材には、前記第3板状部材の前記貫通孔に連通すると共に前記第2扁平管における前記複数の冷媒通路に連通する貫通孔が形成されている請求項2記載の熱交換器。
    The distributor includes at least four plate-like members between the first flat tube and the second flat tube,
    When the four plate members are, in order from the first flat tube side, a first plate member, a second plate member, a third plate member, and a fourth plate member,
    The merging part is
    comprising the first plate member and the second plate member,
    A through hole communicating with the plurality of refrigerant passages in the first flat tube is formed in the first plate member,
    A through hole is formed in the second plate member, communicating with the center of the through hole in the second direction, and having a smaller opening area than the through hole;
    The gas-liquid separation section is
    comprising the third plate-like member;
    A through hole is formed in the third plate member, the through hole is connected to the through hole of the second plate member and is inclined upward from the windward region to the leeward region;
    3. The heat exchanger according to claim 2, wherein the fourth plate-like member is formed with a through-hole that communicates with the through-hole of the third plate-like member and communicates with the plurality of refrigerant passages in the second flat tube. exchanger.
  4.  前記気液分離部はさらに第5板状部材を有し、
     前記第5板状部材には、前記第3板状部材の前記貫通孔の前記第2方向の両端部に連通する2つの貫通孔が形成され、
     前記第4板状部材の前記貫通孔は、前記第5板状部材の前記2つの貫通孔を介して前記第3板状部材の前記貫通孔に連通する請求項3記載の熱交換器。
    The gas-liquid separation section further includes a fifth plate member,
    The fifth plate-like member is formed with two through-holes that communicate with both ends of the through-hole of the third plate-like member in the second direction,
    The heat exchanger according to claim 3, wherein the through hole of the fourth plate member communicates with the through hole of the third plate member via the two through holes of the fifth plate member.
  5.  前記分配器は、前記扁平管の前記第1方向の途中に配置され、
     前記扁平管は、前記分配器の上流の第1扁平管と、前記分配器の下流の第2扁平管とを有し、
     前記分配器の前記冷媒流路は、
     前記第1扁平管における前記複数の冷媒通路のうち風上領域の前記冷媒通路の冷媒を、前記第2扁平管における前記複数の冷媒通路のうち風下領域の前記冷媒通路に導く第1流路と、
     前記第1扁平管における前記複数の冷媒通路のうち風下領域の前記冷媒通路の冷媒を、前記第2扁平管における前記複数の冷媒通路のうち風上領域の前記冷媒通路に導く第2流路と、を有する請求項1記載の熱交換器。
    The distributor is arranged in the middle of the flat tube in the first direction,
    The flat tube has a first flat tube upstream of the distributor and a second flat tube downstream of the distributor,
    The refrigerant flow path of the distributor is
    A first flow path that guides the refrigerant in the refrigerant path in the upwind region of the plurality of refrigerant paths in the first flat tube to the refrigerant path in the leeward region among the plurality of refrigerant paths in the second flat tube; ,
    a second flow path that guides the refrigerant in the refrigerant passage in the leeward region of the plurality of refrigerant passages in the first flat tube to the refrigerant passage in the upwind region among the plurality of refrigerant passages in the second flat tube; The heat exchanger according to claim 1, comprising:
  6.  前記分配器は、前記第1扁平管と前記第2扁平管との間に少なくとも5枚の板状部材を備えた構成を有し、
     前記5枚の板状部材を、前記第1扁平管側から順に第1板状部材、第2板状部材、第3板状部材、第4板状部材及び第5板状部材とするとき、
     前記第1板状部材には、前記第1扁平管における前記複数の冷媒通路に連通する第1貫通孔が形成され、
     前記第2板状部材には、前記第1貫通孔に連通し、且つ、前記第2方向に離間し、前記第1方向及び前記第2方向に直交する第3方向に互いに離れる方向に前記冷媒を流す流路を形成する風上側第2貫通孔及び風下側第2貫通孔が形成され、
     前記第3板状部材には、前記風上側第2貫通孔及び前記風下側第2貫通孔のそれぞれに連通し、前記第3方向に離間し、前記第2方向に互いに逆方向に前記冷媒を流す流路を形成する2つの第3貫通孔が形成され、
     前記第4板状部材には、前記2つの第3貫通孔のそれぞれに連通し、前記第2方向に離間し、前記第3方向に互いに近づく方向に前記冷媒を流す流路を形成する風上側第4貫通孔及び風下側第4貫通孔が形成され、
     前記第5板状部材には、前記風上側第4貫通孔及び前記風下側第4貫通孔に連通すると共に前記第2扁平管における前記複数の冷媒通路に連通する第5貫通孔が形成されており、
     前記第1流路は、
     前記第1貫通孔、前記風上側第2貫通孔、前記2つの第3貫通孔のうち前記風上側第2貫通孔に連通する前記第3貫通孔、前記風下側第4貫通孔及び前記第5貫通孔で形成され、
     前記第2流路は、
     前記第1貫通孔、前記風下側第2貫通孔、前記2つの第3貫通孔のうち前記風下側第2貫通孔に連通する前記第3貫通孔、前記風上側第4貫通孔及び前記第5貫通孔で形成されている請求項5記載の熱交換器。
    The distributor has a configuration including at least five plate-like members between the first flat tube and the second flat tube,
    When the five plate members are, in order from the first flat tube side, a first plate member, a second plate member, a third plate member, a fourth plate member, and a fifth plate member,
    A first through hole communicating with the plurality of refrigerant passages in the first flat tube is formed in the first plate member,
    The second plate-like member has the refrigerant in communication with the first through hole, spaced apart in the second direction, and spaced apart from each other in a third direction perpendicular to the first direction and the second direction. A second through hole on the windward side and a second through hole on the leeward side are formed to form a flow path through which the
    The third plate-like member is configured to communicate with each of the windward-side second through-hole and the leeward-side second through-hole, to be spaced apart in the third direction, and to supply the refrigerant in mutually opposite directions in the second direction. Two third through holes are formed that form flow channels,
    The fourth plate-like member has an upwind side that communicates with each of the two third through-holes and forms a flow path that allows the refrigerant to flow in a direction that is spaced apart in the second direction and approaches each other in the third direction. A fourth through hole and a fourth through hole on the leeward side are formed,
    A fifth through hole is formed in the fifth plate member, and the fifth through hole communicates with the fourth through hole on the windward side and the fourth through hole on the leeward side, and also communicates with the plurality of refrigerant passages in the second flat tube. Ori,
    The first flow path is
    the first through hole, the second windward through hole, the third through hole that communicates with the second windward through hole among the two third through holes, the fourth through hole on the leeward side, and the fifth through hole. Formed with a through hole,
    The second flow path is
    The first through hole, the second through hole on the leeward side, the third through hole that communicates with the second through hole on the leeward side among the two third through holes, the fourth through hole on the windward side, and the fifth through hole. The heat exchanger according to claim 5, wherein the heat exchanger is formed of through holes.
  7.  前記分配器の前記第1流路の流路断面積の一部が前記第2流路の流路断面積の一部よりも大きく形成されている請求項5又は請求項6記載の熱交換器。 The heat exchanger according to claim 5 or 6, wherein a part of the cross-sectional area of the first flow path of the distributor is formed larger than a part of the cross-sectional area of the second flow path. .
  8.  前記第1流路を形成する前記風上側第2貫通孔が前記第2流路を形成する前記風下側第2貫通孔より開口面積が大きく形成され、
     前記第1流路を形成する前記風下側第4貫通孔が前記第2流路を形成する前記風上側第4貫通孔より開口面積が大きく形成されている請求項6又は請求項6に従属する請求項7記載の熱交換器。
    The windward side second through hole forming the first flow path is formed to have a larger opening area than the leeward side second through hole forming the second flow path,
    Claim 6 or dependent on claim 6, wherein the fourth through hole on the leeward side forming the first flow path is formed to have a larger opening area than the fourth through hole on the windward side forming the second flow path. The heat exchanger according to claim 7.
  9.  前記扁平管が、前記第1方向及び前記第2方向に直交する第3方向に複数並列されており、複数の前記扁平管の前記第1方向の両端に一対のヘッダが接続されており、
     複数の前記扁平管の一部のそれぞれに対応して前記分配器に前記冷媒流路が独立して形成されている請求項1~請求項8の何れか一項に記載の熱交換器。
    A plurality of the flat tubes are arranged in parallel in a third direction orthogonal to the first direction and the second direction, and a pair of headers are connected to both ends of the plurality of flat tubes in the first direction,
    The heat exchanger according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the refrigerant flow path is independently formed in the distributor to correspond to each of a part of the plurality of flat tubes.
  10.  前記扁平管を有する熱交換部を前記第2方向に複数列有し、
     前記複数列の前記熱交換部のうち、風上側を第1熱交換部、前記第1熱交換部の前記扁平管を第1扁平管、風下側を第2熱交換部、前記第2熱交換部の前記扁平管を第2扁平管とするとき、
     前記分配器は、前記第1扁平管及び前記第2扁平管における前記第1方向の同一側の一端に接続されており、
     前記第1扁平管の前記第1方向の他端から流入した冷媒を、前記第1扁平管を前記第1方向の一端に向けて流した後、前記分配器を通過して、前記第2扁平管に前記第1方向の一端から流入し、前記第1方向の他端に向けて流す流路が形成されており、
     前記分配器の前記冷媒流路は、
     前記第1扁平管の前記一端から流出した冷媒を前記第1方向に流した後、前記第2扁平管の前記一端に向けて逆方向に折り返すように流す第1流路と第2流路とを有し、
     前記第1流路は、
     前記第1扁平管の前記複数の冷媒通路のうち、風上領域の前記冷媒通路から流出した冷媒を前記第2扁平管の前記複数の冷媒通路のうち、風下領域の前記冷媒通路に流入させる流路であり、
     前記第2流路は、
     前記第1扁平管の前記複数の冷媒通路のうち、風下領域の前記冷媒通路から流出した冷媒を前記第2扁平管の前記複数の冷媒通路のうち、風上領域の前記冷媒通路に流入させる流路である請求項1記載の熱交換器。
    having a plurality of rows of heat exchange parts having the flat tubes in the second direction;
    Among the plurality of rows of heat exchange sections, the windward side is a first heat exchange section, the flat tube of the first heat exchange section is a first flat tube, the leeward side is a second heat exchange section, and the second heat exchange section. When the flat tube of the section is a second flat tube,
    The distributor is connected to one end of the first flat tube and the second flat tube on the same side in the first direction,
    The refrigerant flowing from the other end of the first flat tube in the first direction flows through the first flat tube toward one end of the first direction, passes through the distributor, and then flows into the second flat tube. A flow path is formed in the pipe that flows from one end in the first direction and flows toward the other end in the first direction,
    The refrigerant flow path of the distributor is
    A first flow path and a second flow path through which the refrigerant flowing out from the one end of the first flat tube flows in the first direction and then turns back toward the one end of the second flat tube. has
    The first flow path is
    A flow that causes the refrigerant flowing out from the refrigerant passage in an upwind region of the plurality of refrigerant passages of the first flat tube to flow into the refrigerant passage in a leeward region of the plurality of refrigerant passages of the second flat tube. road,
    The second flow path is
    A flow that causes the refrigerant flowing out from the refrigerant passage in a leeward region of the plurality of refrigerant passages of the first flat tube to flow into the refrigerant passage in an upwind region among the plurality of refrigerant passages of the second flat tube. The heat exchanger according to claim 1, which is a duct.
  11.  前記分配器は、
     少なくとも4枚の板状部材を備えた構成を有し、
     前記4枚の板状部材を、前記第1扁平管及び前記第2扁平管に接続される側から順に第1板状部材、第2板状部材、第3板状部材及び第4板状部材とするとき、
     前記第1板状部材には、前記第1扁平管における前記複数の冷媒通路に連通する第1貫通孔と、前記第2扁平管における前記複数の冷媒通路に連通する第2貫通孔とが前記第2方向に離間して形成され、
     前記第2板状部材には、
     前記第1貫通孔に連通し、且つ、前記第2方向に離間した2つの貫通孔であって、前記冷媒を前記第1方向及び前記第2方向に直交する第3方向に互いに離れる方向に流す流路を形成する2つの第3貫通孔と、
     前記第2貫通孔に連通し、且つ、前記第2方向に離間した2つの貫通孔であって、前記冷媒を前記第3方向に互いに近づく方向に流す流路を形成する2つの第4貫通孔と、が形成され、
     前記第3板状部材には、
     前記第2方向に延びて形成され、2つの前記第3貫通孔のうち風上側の風上側第3貫通孔と2つの前記第4貫通孔のうち風下側の風下側第4貫通孔とに連通し、風上側から風下側に前記冷媒を流す流路を形成する第5貫通孔と、
     前記第2方向に延びて形成され、2つの前記第3貫通孔のうち風下側の風下側第3貫通孔と2つの前記第4貫通孔のうち風上側の風上側第4貫通孔とに連通し、風上側から風下側に前記冷媒を流す流路を形成する第6貫通孔と、が形成され、
     前記第4板状部材には、貫通孔が形成されておらず、
     前記第1流路は、
     前記第1貫通孔、前記風上側第3貫通孔、前記第5貫通孔、前記風下側第4貫通孔及び前記第2貫通孔で形成され、
     前記第2流路は、
     前記第1貫通孔、前記風下側第3貫通孔、前記第6貫通孔、前記風上側第4貫通孔及び前記第2貫通孔で形成されている請求項10記載の熱交換器。
    The distributor is
    It has a configuration including at least four plate-like members,
    The four plate members are, in order from the side connected to the first flat tube and the second flat tube, a first plate member, a second plate member, a third plate member, and a fourth plate member. When
    The first plate member includes a first through hole that communicates with the plurality of refrigerant passages in the first flat tube, and a second through hole that communicates with the plurality of refrigerant passages in the second flat tube. formed spaced apart in a second direction;
    The second plate member includes:
    two through holes communicating with the first through hole and spaced apart in the second direction, the refrigerant flowing in a direction away from each other in a third direction orthogonal to the first direction and the second direction; two third through holes forming a flow path;
    two fourth through holes communicating with the second through hole and spaced apart in the second direction, forming a flow path through which the refrigerant flows toward each other in the third direction; and are formed,
    The third plate member includes:
    It is formed to extend in the second direction and communicates with the windward side third through hole on the windward side of the two said third through holes and the leeward side fourth through hole on the leeward side among the two said fourth through holes. and a fifth through hole forming a flow path for flowing the refrigerant from the windward side to the leeward side;
    It is formed to extend in the second direction and communicates with the leeward side third through hole on the leeward side of the two said third through holes and the windward side fourth through hole on the windward side among the two said fourth through holes. and a sixth through hole forming a flow path for flowing the refrigerant from the windward side to the leeward side,
    No through hole is formed in the fourth plate member,
    The first flow path is
    formed of the first through hole, the windward third through hole, the fifth through hole, the leeward fourth through hole, and the second through hole,
    The second flow path is
    The heat exchanger according to claim 10, wherein the heat exchanger is formed by the first through hole, the third through hole on the leeward side, the sixth through hole, the fourth through hole on the windward side, and the second through hole.
  12.  前記第1扁平管及び前記第2扁平管が、前記第1方向及び前記第2方向に直交する第3方向に複数並列され、複数の前記第1扁平管及び複数の前記第2扁平管の他端に一対のヘッダが接続されており、
     複数の前記第1扁平管及び複数の前記第2扁平管の一部のそれぞれに対応して前記分配器に前記冷媒流路が独立して形成されている請求項10又は請求項11記載の熱交換器。
    A plurality of the first flat tubes and the second flat tubes are arranged in parallel in a third direction orthogonal to the first direction and the second direction, and the plurality of first flat tubes and the plurality of second flat tubes are arranged in parallel. A pair of headers are connected to the end,
    The heat refrigerant according to claim 10 or claim 11, wherein the refrigerant flow path is independently formed in the distributor to correspond to each of the plurality of first flat tubes and a part of the plurality of second flat tubes. exchanger.
  13.  請求項1~請求項12の何れか一項に記載の熱交換器を備えた冷凍サイクル装置。 A refrigeration cycle device comprising the heat exchanger according to any one of claims 1 to 12.
PCT/JP2022/020154 2022-05-13 2022-05-13 Heat exchanger and refrigeration cycle apparatus WO2023218621A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/JP2022/020154 WO2023218621A1 (en) 2022-05-13 2022-05-13 Heat exchanger and refrigeration cycle apparatus

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/JP2022/020154 WO2023218621A1 (en) 2022-05-13 2022-05-13 Heat exchanger and refrigeration cycle apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023218621A1 true WO2023218621A1 (en) 2023-11-16

Family

ID=88730078

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2022/020154 WO2023218621A1 (en) 2022-05-13 2022-05-13 Heat exchanger and refrigeration cycle apparatus

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2023218621A1 (en)

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH09113154A (en) * 1995-10-11 1997-05-02 Nippon Light Metal Co Ltd Heat exchanger
JP2011127831A (en) * 2009-12-17 2011-06-30 Mitsubishi Electric Corp Heat exchanger and refrigerating cycle device including the same
JP6881624B1 (en) * 2020-01-22 2021-06-02 株式会社富士通ゼネラル Heat exchanger

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH09113154A (en) * 1995-10-11 1997-05-02 Nippon Light Metal Co Ltd Heat exchanger
JP2011127831A (en) * 2009-12-17 2011-06-30 Mitsubishi Electric Corp Heat exchanger and refrigerating cycle device including the same
JP6881624B1 (en) * 2020-01-22 2021-06-02 株式会社富士通ゼネラル Heat exchanger

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2017149989A1 (en) Heat exchanger and air conditioner
CN110476027B (en) Distributor, heat exchanger, and refrigeration cycle device
US10222141B2 (en) Stacking type header, heat exchanger and air-conditioning apparatus
JPH09170850A (en) Refrigerant evaporator
JPWO2019073610A1 (en) Stacked header, heat exchanger, and refrigeration cycle device
US11536496B2 (en) Heat exchanger and refrigeration cycle apparatus
JP7278430B2 (en) Heat exchanger and refrigeration cycle equipment
WO2022264348A1 (en) Heat exchanger and refrigeration cycle device
JP7086279B2 (en) Refrigerant distributor, heat exchanger and refrigeration cycle device
WO2023218621A1 (en) Heat exchanger and refrigeration cycle apparatus
JP6987227B2 (en) Heat exchanger and refrigeration cycle equipment
JP3632248B2 (en) Refrigerant evaporator
WO2021192903A1 (en) Heat exchanger
US11280528B2 (en) Heat exchanger, and refrigeration cycle apparatus
CN115698617A (en) Heat exchanger and air conditioner using the same
WO2021074950A1 (en) Heat exchanger and air conditioner on which heat exchanger is mounted
WO2022215164A1 (en) Heat exchanger and air conditioner
US11555660B2 (en) Refrigerant distributor, heat exchanger, and refrigeration cycle apparatus
WO2023281656A1 (en) Heat exchanger and refrigeration cycle device
WO2023199466A1 (en) Heat exchanger, and air conditioning device including same
WO2021192902A1 (en) Heat exchanger
JP7399286B2 (en) Heat exchanger and refrigeration cycle equipment
WO2023119468A1 (en) Heat exchanger and air conditioner
WO2023062800A1 (en) Distributor, heat exchanger, and heat pump device
WO2019207806A1 (en) Refrigerant distributor, heat exchanger, and air conditioner

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22941700

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1